CP R82.10 Gaia Advanced Routing AdminGuide
CP R82.10 Gaia Advanced Routing AdminGuide
GAIA ADVANCED
ROUTING
R82.10
Administration Guide
Check Point Copyright Notice
© 2025 Check Point Software Technologies Ltd.
All rights reserved. This product and related documentation are protected by copyright and
distributed under licensing restricting their use, copying, distribution, and decompilation. No
part of this product or related documentation may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without prior written authorization of Check Point. While every precaution has been taken in
the preparation of this book, Check Point assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions.
This publication and features described herein are subject to change without notice.
TRADEMARKS:
Refer to the Copyright page for a list of our trademarks.
Refer to the Third Party copyright notices for a list of relevant copyrights and third-party
licenses.
Important Information
Important Information
Latest Software
We recommend that you install the most recent software release to stay up-to-
date with the latest functional improvements, stability fixes, security
enhancements and protection against new and evolving attacks.
Certifications
For third party independent certification of Check Point products, see the Check
Point Certifications page.
Feedback
Check Point is engaged in a continuous effort to improve its documentation.
Please help us by sending your comments.
Revision History
Date Description
Table of Contents
Introduction to Gaia Advanced Routing 15
IPv6 Support 16
Syntax Legend for CLI Commands 17
DHCP Relay 19
Configuring IPv4 DHCP Relay on Security Gateways 20
Configuring IPv4 DHCP Relay in Gaia Portal 20
Configuring IPv4 DHCP Relay in Gaia Clish 24
Configuring IPv4 DHCP Relay Security Policy on Management Servers 29
Configuring IPv4 DHCP Services on Management Servers 29
Configuring Security Policy in SmartConsole 30
Monitoring IPv4 DHCP Relay 33
IPv6 DHCP Relay 34
Configuring IPv6 DHCP Relay on Security Gateways 35
Configuring IPv6 DHCP Relay in Gaia Portal 36
Configuring IPv6 DHCP Relay in Gaia Clish 38
Configuring IPv6 DHCP Relay Security Policy on Management Servers 41
IPv6 DHCP Services on Management Servers 41
Configuring Security Policy in SmartConsole 41
Monitoring IPv6 DHCP Relay 44
BGP 45
Configuring BGP in Gaia Portal 46
Configuring BGP Global Settings in Gaia Portal 47
Configuring BGP Miscellaneous Settings in Gaia Portal 50
Configuring BGP AS Peer Group Settings in Gaia Portal 54
Configuring BGP Remote Peers in Gaia Portal 56
Restarting BGP Peers in Gaia Portal 65
Monitoring BGP in Gaia Portal 66
RIPng 236
Configuring RIPng in Gaia Portal 237
Configuring RIPng in Gaia Clish 239
Monitoring RIPng 242
IP Reachability Detection 243
Configuring IP Reachability Detection in Gaia Portal 244
Configuring IP Reachability Detection in Gaia Clish 253
Monitoring IP Reachability Detection 261
IPsec Routing 264
Configuring IPsec Routing in Gaia Portal 264
Configuring IPsec Routing in Gaia Clish 265
Monitoring IPsec Routing 267
OSPF 268
Configuring IPv4 OSPFv2 Router ID 269
Configuring IPv4 OSPFv2 in Gaia Portal 271
Configuring IPv4 OSPFv2 Global Options in Gaia Portal 273
Configuring IPv4 OSPFv2 Areas in Gaia Portal 276
Configuring a Normal Area 276
Configuring a Stub Area 279
Configuring a Not So Stubby Area 282
Configuring IPv4 OSPFv2 Interfaces in Gaia Portal 285
Configuring IPv4 OSPFv2 Virtual Links in Gaia Portal 292
Configuring IPv4 OSPFv2 in Gaia Clish 298
Configuring IPv4 OSPFv2 Global Options in Gaia Clish 300
Configuring IPv4 OSPFv2 Areas in Gaia Clish 304
Configuring IPv4 OSPFv2 Interfaces in Gaia Clish 312
Configuring IPv4 OSPFv2 Virtual Links in Gaia Clish 318
Configuring IPv4 OSPFv2 Multiple Instances 323
Introduction 323
Adding a New IPv4 OSPFv2 Instance 324
For information about Dynamic Routing features that are newly supported in Gaia updates and
releases, see sk98226 - Dynamic Routing and VRRP Features on Gaia OS.
IPv6 Support
Gaia OS supports IPv6.
Before you can configure IPv6 addresses and IPv6 static routes, you must:
Step Instructions
2 Reboot.
For more information, see the R82.10 Gaia Administration Guide > Chapter System
Management > Section System Configuration.
Important:
n R82.10 does not support IPv6 Address on the Gaia Management Interface
(Known Limitation PMTR-47313).
n To configure an IPv6 address on a Multi-Domain Security Management Server,
see the R82.10 Gaia Administration Guide.
Character Description
Character Description
Square brackets or Enclose an optional command or parameter, which user can also
brackets enter.
[]
DHCP Relay
BOOTP/DHCP Relay extends Bootstrap Protocol (BOOTP) and Dynamic Host Configuration
Protocol (DHCP) operations across multiple hops in a routed network.
In standard BOOTP, all interfaces on a LAN are loaded from a single configuration server on
the LAN.
BOOTP Relay allows configuration requests to be forwarded to, and serviced from,
configuration servers outside the LAN.
BOOTP/DHCP Relay offers these advantages over standard BOOTP/DHCP:
n Redundancy - Configure an interface on the Check Point system to relay client
configuration requests to all the listed servers simultaneously.
n Load Balancing - Configure multiple interfaces on the Check Point system to relay client
configuration requests to different servers.
n Management - Centrally manage client configurations in large enterprise environments
across multiple LANs.
The Gaia implementation of BOOTP Relay is compliant with RFC 951, RFC 1542, and RFC
2131.
BOOTP Relay supports Ethernet and IEEE 802 LANs with canonical MAC byte ordering, on
clients that specify Bootp htype=1: 802.3 and FDDI.
When an interface configured for BOOTP Relay receives a boot request, it forwards the
request to all the servers in its server list.
It does this after waiting a specified length of time for a local server to answer the boot request.
If a primary IP is specified, it stamps the request with that address. Otherwise, it stamps the
request with the lowest numeric IP address specified for the interface.
Important:
n In a Cluster, you must configure all the Cluster Members in the same way.
n For ClusterXL members, set the value of the kernel parameter "fwx_dhcp_
relay_nat" to 0 on each cluster member. See the R82.10 Quantum Security
Gateway Guide > Chapter Working with Kernel Parameters on Security
Gateway.
If you changed the default port of Gaia Portal from 443, then you must also enter it
([Link] address>:<Port>).
2. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > DHCP Relay.
3. Click Add.
4. Select Enable.
5. In the Interface field, select the interface, on which you want to enable BOOTP/DHCP
Relay.
6. Optional: Enter values for one or more of these parameters:
n Primary Address
n Wait Time
n Maximum Hops
BOOTP/DHCP Parameters
Parameter Description
Wait Time The minimum time to wait (in seconds) for a local configuration
server to answer the boot request before forwarding the request
through the interface.
This delay provides an opportunity for a local configuration
server to reply before attempting to relay to a remote server.
Set the wait time to a sufficient length to allow the local
configuration server to respond before the request is forwarded.
If no local server is present, set the time to zero (0).
Range: 1-65535
Default: 0
7. In the Relays section, define the IPv4 address of each relay, to which you want to
forward BOOTP/DHCP requests. This can be an IPv4 unicast, multicast, or broadcast
address.
You can configure relay to multiple configuration servers independently on each
interface.
Configuring different servers on different interfaces provides load balancing, while
configuring multiple servers on a single interface provides redundancy.
Note - This IPv4 address cannot be an address that belongs to the local
machine.
b. In the IPv4 address field, enter the IPv4 address of the relay.
c. Click OK.
8. Optional: In the Relay Agent Information Option (Option 82) section, configure the
applicable settings (see RFC 3046):
n Select Circuit-ID to enable the Agent Circuit ID that identifies an interface that
received DHCP requests.
By default, Gaia OS uses the name of the interface you selected earlier.
You can enter a custom string that identifies the relay interface you selected
earlier.
n Select Remote-ID to enable the Agent Remote ID that identifies the host system
that forwarded or relayed DHCP requests to a DHCP server.
Notes:
n The maximum length for the Agent Circuit ID is 251 characters.
n The maximum length for the Agent Remote ID is 251 characters.
n If you configure the Agent Circuit ID and the Agent Remote ID, then the
9. Click Save.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > DHCP Relay.
2. Select the interface.
3. Click Edit.
4. In the Relays section:
a. Select the server.
b. Click Delete.
5. Click Save.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > DHCP Relay.
2. Select the interface.
3. Click Edit.
4. In the Relay Agent Information Option (Option 82) section:
a. Clear Circuit-ID.
b. Clear Remote-ID.
5. Click Save.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > DHCP Relay.
n To see the available "show" commands for IPv4 DHCP Relay, enter in Gaia Clish:
Syntax
Parameters
Parameter Description
<Name of Specifies the interface, on which you want to enable IPv4 DHCP
Interface> Relay.
Notes:
n The maximum length for the Agent Circuit ID is 251
characters.
n If you configure the Agent Circuit ID and the Agent
Remote ID, then the total length of these two strings
cannot exceed 249 characters.
Parameter Description
agent-info Specifies the Agent Remote ID that identifies the host system that
remote-id forwarded or relayed DHCP requests to a DHCP server (see RFC
{<Remote-ID> | 3046)
default | off}
n <Remote-ID> - Configures a custom string.
n default - Configures the default value (Gaia OS uses its
hostname).
n off - Removes the Agent Remote ID completely.
Notes:
n The maximum length for the Agent Remote ID is 251
characters.
n If you configure the Agent Circuit ID and the Agent
Remote ID, then the total length of these two strings
cannot exceed 249 characters.
agent-info off Disables the Relay Agent Information Option (Option 82)
completely.
primary {<IPv4 The IPv4 address to use as the BOOTP/DHCP router address.
Address of If you enter an IPv4 address, all BOOTP/DHCP requests received
Interface> | on the interface are stamped with this IPv4 address.
default} This can be useful on interfaces with multiple IPv4 addresses
(aliases).
Default: First IPv4 address assigned to the interface.
Parameter Description
wait-time {<1- The minimum time to wait (in seconds) for a local configuration
65535> | server to answer the boot request before forwarding the request
default} through the interface.
This delay provides an opportunity for a local configuration server
to reply before attempting to relay to a remote server.
Set the wait time to a sufficient length to allow the local
configuration server to respond before the request is forwarded.
If no local server is present, set the time to zero (0).
Range: 1-65535
Default: 0
relay-to Specifies the IPv4 address of each relay, to which you want to
<Destination forward BOOTP/DHCP requests. This can be an IPv4 unicast,
IPv4 Address> multicast, or broadcast address.
{off | on} You can configure relay to multiple configuration servers
independently on each interface.
Configuring different servers on different interfaces provides load
balancing, while configuring multiple servers on a single interface
provides redundancy.
Note - This IPv4 address cannot be an address that belongs
to the local machine.
4. Configure the IPv4 address of each relay, to which you want to forward IPv4
BOOTP/DHCP requests:
6. Optional: Configure the Relay Agent Information Option (Option 82) settings:
save config
save config
save config
save config
4. Examine the contents of all the related [Link] files. For file locations, refer to
R82.10 Security Management Administration Guide.
egrep "no_hide_services_ports|no_fold_services_ports"
/<Path>/<To>/<Applicable>/[Link]
vi /<Path>/<To>/<Applicable>/[Link]
Note - These table changes are only necessary if one or more VSX or
ClusterXL clusters run DHCP Relay. You can skip this step, if DHCP Relay is
only used on VRRP clusters or Standalone.
Change from:
To:
Important - If you do not handle IPv4 DHCP Relay traffic with these services (for
example: a service of Any in the Security Policy or implied rules) the Security
Gateway can drop the traffic.
If the Accept outgoing packets originating from gateway implied rule is enabled, then
from the drop-down menu, select Last or Before Last.
Click OK.
3. Create a host object for the DHCP server.
In the SmartConsole main view, go to Objects > New Host.
a. Enter the object name.
b. Enter the IPv4 address of the IPv4 DHCP server.
c. Click OK.
4. Create a host object for the Global Broadcast.
c. Click OK.
6. Make sure that the legacy DHCP configuration does not exist:
a. Delete or disable all security rules for IPv4 DHCP traffic that use these legacy
services:
n bootp
n dhcp-relay
n dhcp-req-localmodule
n dhcp-rep-localmodule
b. Delete or disable all manual NAT rules for legacy IPv4 DHCP configuration.
7. Configure the required Access Control Policy rules with the new IPv4 DHCP services
(dhcp-request and dhcp-reply).
Example for a Rule Base with the IPv4 DHCP Relay services
<Security Gateway that <DHCP Server> dhcp-request Accept In some situations, the DHCP client
performs DHCP Relay> object sends some requests directly to the
object DHCP Server.
<Client Network> object
<Security Gateway that <Client Network> dhcp-reply Accept The replies can be unicast or
performs DHCP Relay> object broadcast based on the DHCP client
object <Global Broadcast> options.
object
<DHCP Server> object <Client Network> dhcp-reply Accept The replies can be unicast or
object broadcast based on the DHCP client
<Global Broadcast> options.
object In some situations, the DHCP server
sends some requests directly to the
DHCP client.
Note - The page is static. To see the latest values, click Reload.
To see the available "show" commands for PIM, enter in Gaia Clish:
show bootp[Esc][Esc]
Best Practice: Management Servers R80.10 and higher include pre-defined DHCPv6
services. These built-in services perform stateful inspection of DHCPv6 traffic for
enhanced security. Upgrade your older management servers before you configure
DHCPv6 relay.
Important - In a Cluster, you must configure all the Cluster Members in the same way.
If you changed the default port of Gaia Portal from 443, then you must also enter it
([Link] address>:<Port>).
2. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > IPv6 DHCP Relay.
3. Click Add.
4. Select Enable.
5. In the Interface field, select the interface, on which you want to enable BOOTP/DHCP
Relay.
6. Optional: Select Send Interface-ID to send the Interface-ID option with DHCPv6
Relay requests.
Description
This option tells the DHCPv6 server to copy the interface ID from a relay request to
a relay reply message.
The relay agent uses this value to identify on which interface the DHCPv6 request
was originally received.
Best Practice - Enable this option in situations where the global link
address of the interface that runs the DHCPv6 Relay is not sufficient to
uniquely identify the interface.
The relay agent uses this value to identify on which interface the DHCPv6 request
was originally received.
7. Optional: In the Wait Time field, enter the wait time for this interface.
Description
If a DHCPv6 client indicates that it waited for a server response for shorter than this
wait time, the DHCPv6 Relay drops the request instead of forwarding it.
This delay provides an opportunity for a local DHCPv6 server to respond before
attempting to relay to a remote server.
Note - The actual delay is in increments of 0.01 seconds. Setting this value
to 100 configures a wait time of 1 second.
8. In the Relays section, define the IPv6 address of each relay, to which you want to
forward DHCPv6 requests.
You can configure a different list of DHCPv6 servers for each interface, which
receives DHCPv6 requests.
Configuring different servers for different interfaces provides load balancing.
Configuring multiple servers on a single interface provides redundancy.
Configuring different servers on different interfaces provides load balancing, while
configuring multiple servers on a single interface provides redundancy.
You can configure relay to multiple configuration servers independently on each
interface.
Note - This IPv6 address cannot be an address that belongs to the local
machine.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > IPv6 DHCP Relay.
2. Select the interface.
3. Click Edit.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > IPv6 DHCP Relay.
2. Select the interface.
3. Click Delete.
4. Click Save.
n To see the available "show" commands for IPv6 DHCP Relay, enter in Gaia Clish:
Syntax
Parameters
Parameter Description
interface-id {off This option tells the DHCPv6 server to copy the interface ID
| on} from a relay request to a relay reply message.
The relay agent uses this value to identify on which interface
the DHCPv6 request was originally received.
Best Practice - Enable this option in situations where the
global link address of the interface that runs the DHCPv6
Relay is not sufficient to uniquely identify the interface.
Default: off
{off | on} Disables (off) or enables (on) IPv6 DHCP Relay on the
specified interface.
Parameter Description
relay-to Specifies the IPv6 address of each relay, to which you want to
<Destination IPv6 forward DHCPv6 requests.
Address> {off | You can configure a different list of DHCPv6 servers for each
on} interface, which receives DHCPv6 requests.
Configuring different servers for different interfaces provides
load balancing.
Configuring multiple servers on a single interface provides
redundancy.
Configuring different servers on different interfaces provides
load balancing, while configuring multiple servers on a single
interface provides redundancy.
You can configure relay to multiple configuration servers
independently on each interface.
Note - This IPv6 address cannot be an address that
belongs to the local machine.
4. Configure the IPv6 address of each relay, to which you want to forward DHCPv6
requests:
n Interface-ID
n Wait Time
save config
save config
save config
FF02::1:2
n The client sends DHCPv6 requests as UDP unicasts or multicasts with source port 546
and destination port 547.
The related security policy service is dhcpv6-request.
n DHCPv6 replies to a client are sent as UDP unicasts to the client's IPv6 link-local
address.
They are sent with source port 547 and destination port 546. The related security policy
service is dhcpv6-reply.
n The relay and server send DHCPv6 traffic between them as IPv6 UDP unicasts with
source port 547 and destination port 547.
Multiple server addresses can be specified.
Click OK.
3. Create a new host for the DHCP server.
In the SmartConsole main view, go to Objects > New Host.
a. Enter the server name.
b. Enter the IPv6 address of the DHCP server.
c. Click OK.
4. Create the object of a Client Network, to which the which the IPv6 DHCP clients are
connected.
In the SmartConsole main view, go to Objects > New Network.
Note - Use:
n The DHCPv6 Relay object, which you configured for the Security
Gateway.
n The pre-defined object "All_DHCPv6_Relay_Agents_and_
Servers".
n The pre-defined object "IPv6_Link_Local_Hosts".
Example for a Rule Base with the IPv6 DHCP Relay services
<IPv6 Link <All DHCPv6 Relay dhcpv6- Allows requests from DHCPv6 clients to a DHCPv6 relay (on a
Local Hosts> Agents and Servers> request Gaia Security Gateway), which is directly connected to the
object object client network.
<DHCPv6 <IPv6 Link Local dhcpv6-reply Allows replies from a DHCPv6 relay to local DHCPv6 clients.
Relay> object Hosts> object
<IPv6 Link
Local Hosts>
object
<DHCPv6 <DHCPv6 Server> dhcpv6-relay Allows traffic between DHCPv6 relays and DHCPv6 servers.
Relay> object object
<DHCPv6 <DHCPv6 Relay> dhcpv6-reply With the implied rules in their default settings (Before Last),
Server> object object replies from the DHCPv6 Server to the DHCPv6 relay are
automatically accepted when the reply matches a request from
the relay to the server.
However, to make sure that such replies are accepted, we
recommend to make an explicit rule to allow traffic from the
DHCPv6 Server to the DHCPv6 Relay.
<Client <DHCPv6 Server> dhcpv6- When DHCPv6 relay is used, the DHCPv6 client can still send
Network> object request requests directly to the DHCPv6 server.
object
<DHCPv6 <Client Network> dhcpv6-reply Accepts replies from DHCPv6 servers to DHCPv6 clients.
Server> object object When DHCPv6 relay is used, the DHCPv6 client can still
receive replies directly from a remotely located DHCPv6
server through UDP unicasts.
Note - The page is static. To see the latest values, click Reload.
To see the available "show" commands for PIM, enter in Gaia Clish:
BGP
Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) is an inter-AS protocol, meaning that it can be deployed within
and between autonomous systems (AS). An autonomous system is a set of routers under a
single technical administration. An AS uses an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and common
metrics to route packets within an AS; it uses an exterior routing protocol to route packets to
other ASs.
Notes:
n This implementation supports BGP version 4, with Multiprotocol
Extensions.
n Routing Event Trigger does not support VRRP Cluster.
BGP sends update messages that consist of network number-AS path pairs. The AS path
contains the string of ASs through which the specified network can be reached. An AS path
has some structure in order to represent the results of aggregating dissimilar routes. These
update messages are sent over TCP transport mechanism to ensure reliable delivery. BGP
contrasts with IGP, which build their own reliability on top of a datagram service.
As a path-vector routing protocol, BGP limits the distribution of router reachability information
to its peer or neighbor routers.
You can run BGP over a route-based VPN by enabling BGP on a virtual tunnel interface (VTI).
BGP 4-Byte AS
BGP 4-Byte AS lets you configure 32-bit AS numbers. This feature is enabled by default and it
is not possible to turn it off.
Configuring AS number
Example:
show as
Example:
Important - In a Cluster, you must configure all the Cluster Members in the same way.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > BGP.
2. Configure BGP Global Settings, including the Router ID.
Parameter Description
Router ID The Router ID uniquely identifies the router in the autonomous system.
The BGP protocol uses the Router ID.
Best Practice - Set the Router ID rather than rely on the default
setting. This prevents changes in the Router ID if the interface
used for the router ID goes down.
On a Security Gateway, use an address on a loopback interface
that is not the loopback address [Link] (configure an
additional Loopback interface and assign an IP address to it from
the 128.0.0.x / 24 subnet - see the R82.10 Gaia
Administration Guide).
Important:
n Do not use the IP address [Link] as the Router ID.
n In a Cluster, you must configure the Router ID and you must
configure its value to one of the Cluster Virtual IP
addresses.
In a Cluster, you must configure all the Cluster Members in
the same way.
Range: Dotted-quad.([0-255].[0-255].[0-255].[0-255]).
Default: The interface address of one of the local interfaces.
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
Unconfigured
Parameter Description
Number of loops For the confederation: The number of times the local autonomous
permitted in AS_ system can appear in an AS path for routes learned through BGP.
PATH If the number of times the local autonomous system appears in an
AS path is more than the number in this field, the corresponding
routes are discarded or rejected.
Range: 1-10
Default: 1
Number of loops For the routing domain identifier: The number of times the local
permitted in AS_ autonomous system can appear in an AS path for routes learned
PATH through BGP.
If the number of times the local autonomous system appears in an
AS path is more than the number in this field, the corresponding
routes are discarded or rejected.
Range: 1-10
Default: 1
Parameter Description
Default MED Defines the metric (MED) used when advertising routes through
BGP.
If you do not specify a value, no metric is propagated.
A metric specified on the neighbor configuration or in the
redistribution configuration might override the metric you configure.
Range: 0-65535
Default: None
Default Gateway: A default route is generated when any BGP peer is up.
This route has a higher rank than the default configured in the static
routing page.
If a specific BGP peer should not be considered for generating the
default route, you should explicitly suppress the option in the peer-
specific configuration.
Range: Dotted-quad ([0-255].[0-255].[0-255].[0-255])
Default: None
Enable IGP Select this option to make internal and configured BGP peers check
Synchronization for a matching route from IGP protocols before installing a given
route.
Default: Unselected
Parameter Description
Graceful Restart Specifies the time (in seconds) that BGP peers of this router should
Time keep the routes advertised to them while this router restarts.
If the BGP session is not re-established within this time, the peers will
delete the routes.
If this router re-establishes the session(s) with its peer(s) before this
timer expires, the peers will schedule the stale-path-timer to re-
validate the routes advertised by this router.
See sk100499.
Range: 1-4095
Default: 360
Graceful Restart Specifies the time (in seconds) that this router will wait for the End-of-
Selection Deferral RIB notification from each of its BGP peers after a restart.
Time After a restart or cluster failover, the cluster master has to re-validate
the routes it had previously received from each of the BGP peers.
The old routes will be kept till either all the peers have sent the End-
of-RIB or this timer expires.
Any routes not re-validated are deleted.
See sk100499.
Range: 60-4095
Default: 360
Enable Weighted Select this option and see the next section Weighted Route
Route Dampening Dampening Settings.
Default: Unselected
Ping interval Specifies the interval between pings sent to all BGP peers with ping
enabled.
Range: 1-60
Default: 2
Ping Count Specifies the number of failed pings to an individual BGP peer with
ping enabled before BGP will drop that peer.
This value is common across all BGP peers.
Range: 1-10
Default: 3
Parameter Description
Reachable A value that determines the length of time it takes for the instability
decay time metric value to reach one half of its current value when the route is
reachable.
This half-life value determines the rate at which the metric value is
decayed.
A smaller half-life value makes a suppressed route reusable sooner
than a greater value.
Range: 1-900
Default: 300
Parameter Description
Unreachable The rate at which the instability metric is decayed when a route is
decay time unreachable.
This value must be equal to or greater than the reach-decay value.
Range: 1-2700
Default: 900
Keep history The period over which the route flapping history is maintained for a
time given route.
The size of the configuration arrays described below is directly
affected by this value.
Range: 2-5400
Default: 1800
Parameter Description
Local The address used on the local end of the TCP connection with the peer.
Address For external peers that do not have multihop enabled, the local address
must be on an interface that is shared with the peer or with the peer's
gateway, when the gateway parameter is used.
A session with an external peer opens only when an interface with a local
address through which you can reach the peer or gateway address directly
operates.
For other types of peers, a peer session opens when an interface with the
specified local address operates.
In both external and other types of peers, incoming connections are
recognized as matching a configured peer only if they are addressed to the
configured local address.
Note - If you run BGP in a cluster, you must not configure the local
address.
Default: None
Out Delay The length of time in seconds that a route must be present in the routing
database before it is redistributed to BGP.
This value applies to all neighbors configured in this group.
The default value is zero, which means that this feature is disabled.
This feature dampens route fluctuations.
Range: 0-65535
Default: 0
Parameter Description
Check Control Interprets the control plane independent flag (the C bit) received from
Plane Failure the remote BFD peer.
When these two conditions are met at the same time, the gateway
keeps stale routes and does not purge them, for graceful restart
purposes:
a. The C bit received from the peer is zero.
b. BGP graceful restart is enabled.
When the option is cleared, stale routes are purged when the peer goes
down.
Default: Cleared
Multiprotocol n IPv4 Unicast Only - Specifies if IPv4 unicast routes can be sent
Capabilities to and received from this peer. Default: Selected.
n IPv6 Unicast Only - Specifies if IPv6 unicast routes can be sent
to and received from this peer. Default: Cleared.
n Both IPv4 and IPv6 - Specifies if both IPv4 and IPv6 unicast
routes can be sent to and received from this peer. Default:
Cleared.
Local Address The IP address used on the local end of the TCP connection with the
peer.
For external peers that do not have multihop enabled, the local address
must be on an interface that is shared with the peer or with the peer's
gateway when the gateway parameter is used.
A session with an external peer is opened only when an interface with a
local address through which the peer or gateway address is directly
reachable is operating.
For other types of peers, a peer session is maintained when any
interface with the specified local address is operating.
In either case, incoming connections are recognized as matching a
configured peer only if they are addressed to the configured local
address.
Default: None
Important:
n Do not use Local Address with VRRP or Cluster mode.
n Local Address should match an interface.
Peer Local AS Lets you configure the connection to a remote peer with a Peer Local
ASN, on a per-peer basis.
The Peer Local ASN replaces the Local ASN in the BGP session.
Only eBGP peers are supported.
It is not necessary to configure the Peer Local ASN locally
n Enable Peer Local AS
Enables this feature.
n Prepend Peer Local AS on inbound updates from peer
The router adds the configured peer local ASN to the AS path of
the routes received from the peer.
Routes installed from that peer will contain the peer local ASN as
the first entry in the AS Path.
Default: Selected
n Prepend systemwide Local AS on outbound updates to peer
The router adds the local ASN to the AS Path of the routes
advertised to an eBGP peer.
When enabled, the local ASN is the second ASN in the AS Path
of updates sent to eBGP peers. The peer local ASN is always the
first ASN in the AS Path if the sub feature is enabled or not.
Default: Selected
n Allow peering with the Local AS
Enables the connection to the local ASN or the peer local ASN.
There can be only one active connection. If you do not enable this
option, it is only possible to connect to the Peer Local ASN.
The router first tries to connect to the local ASN. If the connection
is created with the local ASN, the BGP runs as if the peer local
ASN feature is not configured. If the connection with the local
ASN fails, the router tries to connect with the peer local ASN.
Important - Do not use this feature with an AS that already
has peer local AS with Dual-Peering enabled.
Default: Cleared
Needed when Select Ignore First AS Hop to force this router to ignore the first AS
Peering with number in the AS_PATH for routes learned from the corresponding
Route Server peer.
Important - Select this option only if you are peering with a route
server in so-called transparent mode, that is, when the route server
is configured to redistribute routes from multiple ASs without
prepending its own AS number.
Default: Cleared
Keep Alive Select Keep Alive Always to force this router always to send
keepalives even when an update can substitute.
This setting allows interoperability with routers that do not completely
adhere to the protocol specifications on this point.
Default: Cleared
Routes Accept Routes Received From the Peer controls if routes received
from peer routes are accepted if there is an inbound BGP route policy.
If an inbound policy to accept the route does not exist, you can select
All or None:
n All - Specifies to accept and install routes with an invalid
preference. Depending on the local BGP inbound policy the
routes could become active or inactive.
n None - Specifies to delete routes learned from a peer when no
explicit local BGP inbound policy exists. This option is used to
save memory overhead when many routes are rejected because
there is no local policy. These routes can be relearned only by
restarting the BGP session.
Default: All
Allows Accept Select Passive to force this router to wait for the peer to issue an open.
TCP Sessions By default all explicitly configured peers are active and periodically
from Your Peer send open messages until the peer responds.
Modifying this option resets the peer connection.
Default: Cleared
Limit BGP Controls the network traffic when there are many BGP peers.
Updates Send to Throttle Count determines the number of BGP updates sent at a time.
a Peer Range: 0-65535
Default: No default
Route Refresh Route refresh is used to either re-learn routes from the BGP peer or to
refresh the routing table of the peer without tearing down the BGP
session.
Both peers must support the BGP route refresh capability and should
have advertised this at the time peering was established.
Re-learning of routes previously sent by the peer is accomplished by
sending a BGP route refresh message.
The peer responds to the message with the current routing table.
Similarly, if a peer sends a route refresh request the current routing
table is re-sent.
You can also trigger a route update without having to wait for a route
refresh request from the peer.
Both peers must support the same address and subsequent address
families.
For example a request for IPv6 unicast routes from a peer that did not
advertise the capability during session establishment will be ignored.
Note - Clicking a refresh button sends a trigger to the routing
daemon. It does not change the configuration of the router.
Trace Options The tracing options for BGP. The BGP implementation inherits the
default values for global trace options.
You can override these values on a group or neighbor basis.
Log messages are saved in the /var/log/[Link] file.
See "Trace Options" on page 672.
3. Click Restart.
Important:
n Restarting any part of a BGP protocol causes neighbor adjacencies to be torn
down and brought back up.
n The protocol's Graceful Restart mechanism does not take effect.
n Side effects of restarting a BGP instance include:
l Loss of BGP routes
l Traffic outage
Monitoring BGP
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > BGP.
2. In the top right corner, click Monitoring.
3. In the BGP Monitor section, click on the Information category.
Note - The page is static. To see the latest values, click Reload.
Troubleshooting BGP
n To see the available "set" commands for BGP, enter in Gaia Clish:
set bgp[Esc][Esc]
n To see the available "show" commands for BGP, enter in Gaia Clish:
show bgp[Esc][Esc]
n To see the available "restart" commands for BGP, enter in Gaia Clish:
restart bgp[Esc][Esc]
Syntax
Parameters
Parameter Description
aspath- The number of times this router adds to the autonomous system path
prepend- on external BGP sessions.
count <1-25> Use this option to bias the degree of preference some downstream
| default> routers have for the routes originated by this router.
Some implementations prefer to select paths with shorter autonomous
system paths. Default is 1.
description Optional: You can enter a brief text description of the group.
"Your Text"
Parameter Description
local- The address used on the local end of the TCP connection with the peer.
address <IP For external peers that do not have multihop enabled, the local address
Address> must be on an interface that is shared with the peer or with the peer's
{off | on} gateway when the gateway parameter is used.
A session with an external peer is opened only when an interface with a
local address, through which the peer or gateway address is directly
reachable is operating.
For other types of peers, a peer session is maintained when any
interface with the specified local address is operating.
In either case, incoming connections are recognized as matching a
configured peer only if they are addressed to the configured local
address.
Default: off
Note - If running BGP in a cluster you must not configure the local
address.
outdelay <0- The amount of time in seconds that a route must be present in the
65535> routing database before it is redistributed to BGP. The configured value
applies to all peers configured in this group. This feature dampens
route fluctuation. The value zero (0) disables this feature.
Default: 0
Syntax
Parameters
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
export-routemap Configures the export policy for the given BGP peer group or
<Name of Route Map> peer.
<parameters>} See "Configuring Route Maps in Gaia Clish" on page 606.
If route maps are configured for both a peer and its peer
group, the Security Gateway ignores the peer group route
maps for that peer.
n off
Disables the Route Map policy.
n preference <1-65535>
Configures the Route Map preference that determines
the order in which this Route Map is applied in the
export policy for the given BGP peer group.
The lower the preference value, the higher the
preference (priority) of a Route Map.
l any-pass-routemap <Name of Route
Map>
Makes the export Route Map dependent on any
route matching the specified Route Map.
l family {inet | inet6 | inet-and-
inet6}
Restricts the Route Map to match the specified
address family.
l no-pass-routemap <Name of Route Map>
import-routemap Configures the import policy for the given BGP peer group or
<Name of Route Map> peer.
{off | preference See "Configuring Route Maps in Gaia Clish" on page 606.
<parameters>} If route maps are configured for both a peer and its peer
group, the Security Gateway ignores the peer group route
maps for that peer.
n off
Disables the Route Map policy.
n preference <1-65535> [ family {inet |
inet6 | inet-and-inet6} ] on
Configures the Route Map preference that determines
the order in which this Route Map is applied in the
import policy for the given BGP peer group.
The lower the preference value, the higher the
preference (priority) of a Route Map.
Parameter Description
interface {all | Enable or disable the specified internal peer group on all
<Name of interfaces or a specific interface.
Interface>} {off |
on}
local-address <IP The address used on the local end of the TCP connection
Address> {off | on} with the peer.
For external peers that do not have multihop enabled, the
local address must be on an interface that is shared with the
peer or with the peer's gateway when the gateway parameter
is used.
A session with an external peer is opened only when an
interface with a local address through which the peer or
gateway address is directly reachable operates.
For other types of peers, a peer session is maintained when
any interface with the specified local address operates.
In both cases, incoming connections are recognized as
matching a configured peer only if they are addressed to the
configured local address.
Default: off
Note - If you run BGP in a cluster, you must not configure
the local address.
med {<0-4294967295> Defines the Multi-Exit Discriminator (MED) metric used when
| default} advertising routes to all peers in this group.
If no value is specified, then no metric is propagated.
Any metric configured in redistribution policy for this peer
group will override the value configured here.
Default: No MED is advertised
Parameter Description
nexthop-self {off | This router sends one of its own IP addresses as the BGP
on} next hop.
Default: off
Important - If in the Check Point Gaia OS, you change
the state of the BGP "nexthop-self" setting (from
"off" to "on", or from "on" to "off") in an active BGP
deployment, then it is necessary to force a new update to
BGP peers that are already established.
n If the BGP "route-refresh" is enabled on the
BGP peers, then run this Gaia Clish command:
set bgp internal peer <IP Address>
send-route-refresh route-update all
unicast
n If the BGP "route-refresh" is disabled on the
BGP peers, then it is necessary to restart the BGP
session.
Parameter Description
peer <IP Address> An inbound BGP policy route if one is not already configured.
accept-routes {all
n all
| none}
Specifies accept routes and installing them with an
invalid preference.
Depending on the local inbound route policy, these
routes are then made active or inactive.
n none
Specifies to delete routes learned from a peer.
This option saves memory overhead when many routes
are rejected because no inbound policy exists.
peer <IP Address> Specifies the number of times the Local AS can occur in an
allowas-in-count AS path received from this peer.
{<0-10> | default} A value of 0 means that the Local AS cannot be in the
received AS path.
If the Peer Local AS feature is enabled, then this value
represents the total cumulative occurances of the Local AS
and Peer Local AS that can occur in an AS path.
Default: 0
peer <IP Address> Configure the IP capabilities supported for this session.
capability {default
n default
| ipv4-unicast {off
| on} | ipv6- Configures the default behavior:
unicast {off | on}} "ipv4-unicast on" and "ipv6-unicast off"
n ipv4-unicast {off | on}
Specifies that IPv4 unicast routes be exchanged with
this peer.
n ipv6-unicast {off | on}
Specifies that IPv6 unicast routes be exchanged with
this peer.
Parameter Description
peer <IP Address> Whether the Check Point system should maintain the
graceful-restart forwarding state advertised by peer routers even when they
{off | on} restart to minimize the negative effects caused by peer
routers restarting.
Default: off
peer <IP Address> The maximal amount of time that routes previously received
graceful-restart- from a restarting router are kept so that they can be validated
helper -stalepath- again.
time {<60-65535> | The timer is started after the peer sends an indication that it
default} has recovered.
Default: 360
peer <IP Address> The BGP holdtime interval, in seconds, when negotiating a
holdtime {<6-65535> connection with the specified peer.
| default} If the BGP speaker does not receive a keepalive update or
notification message from its peer within the period specified
in the holdtime field of the BGP open message, the BGP
connection is closed.
Default: 180
peer <IP Address> Ignore the first autonomous system number in the
ignore-first-ashop autonomous system path for routes learned from the
{off | on} corresponding peer.
Note - Set this option only if you are peering with a route
server in transparent mode, that is, when the route server
is configured to redistribute routes from multiple other
autonomous systems without prepending its own
autonomous system number.
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
peer <IP Address> Configures the address to be used on the local end of the
local-address <IP TCP connection.
Address> {off | on} The local address must be a valid address configured on a
local interface.
Remote eBGP peers may need to enable BGP multihop to
reach the configured local address if the local address is not
on a shared interface.
For eBGP peers that do not have multihop enabled, the local
address must be on an interface that is shared with the peer
or the peer's gateway when the gateway parameter is used.
A session with an external peer is opened only when an
interface with a local address through which the peer or the
gateway is directly reachable is operating.
For other types of peers, a session is maintained when any
interface with the address is operating.
In all cases, incoming connections are accepted only when
they are addressed to the configured value.
This option is ignored when using VRRP.
When using ClusterXL, the physical IP address should be
used, not the Cluster Virtual IP address.
peer <IP Address> The router generates a log message whenever a peer enters
log-state- or leave the established state.
transitions {off | Default: off
on}
peer <IP Address> The router generates a log message whenever a warning
log-warnings {off | scenario is encountered in the codepath.
on} Default: off
peer <IP Address> The router's aggregate attribute as zero (rather than the
no-aggregator-id router ID value).
{off | on} This option prevents different routers in an AS from creating
aggregate routes with different AS paths.
Default: off
peer <IP Address> The router waits for the specified peer to issue an open
passive-tcp {off | message.
on} No TCP connections are initiated by the router.
Default: off
Parameter Description
peer <IP Address> Enables (on) or disables (off) the ping for this peer.
ping {off | on} If ping is enabled for this peer and this established BGP peer
stops responding to pings, then after a configured number of
missed pings (configured with the "set bgp ping count
<Number>" command), the BGP peer will be forced from an
established state to reconnect manually.
Peers with this feature enabled must be able to receive and
respond to echo requests, or it will not function properly.
If ping is disabled for this peer, it will continue to handle BGP
connections according to protocol without any assistance
from
pings to verify connectivity.
peer <IP Address> This router always sends keepalive messages even when an
send-keepalives update message is sufficient.
{off | on} This option allows interoperability with routers that do not
strictly adhere to protocol specifications regarding update.
Parameter Description
peer <IP Address> The router dynamically request BGP route updates from
send-route-refresh peers or respond to requests for BGP route updates.
[request | route-
update {all | ipv4
| ipv6} [unicast]
peer <IP Address> Specifies whther to eliminate (on) or not (off) this peer from
suppress-default- consideration when generating the BGP default route.
originate {off | The BGP default route is configured with the command ''set
on} bgp default-route-gateway".
peer <IP Address> The number of BGP updates to send at one time.
throttle-count {<0- The throttle count option limits the number of BGP updates
65535> | off} when there are many BGP peers.
The value "off" disables the throttle count option.
peer <IP Address> The weight associated with the specified peer.
weight {<0-65535> | BGP implicitly stores any rejected routes by not mentioning
off} them in a route filter.
BGP explicitly mentions them within the routing table by using
a restrict keyword with a negative weight.
A negative weight prevents a route from becoming active,
which prevents it from being installed in the forwarding table
or exported to other protocols.
This eliminates the need to break and reestablish a session
upon reconfiguration if import route policy is changed.
The value "off" disables the weight associated with the
specified peer.
Syntax
Parameters
Parameter Description
accept-med {off | on} Accept MED from the specified peer address.
If you do not set this option, the MED is stripped from the
advertisement before the update is added to the routing
table.
Default: off
multihop {off | on} Enable multihop connections with external BGP (eBGP)
peers that are not directly connected.
By default, external BGP peers are expected to be directly
connected.
You can configure the multihop session in the Time to Live
(TTL) parameter, that is, the number of hops to the eBGP
peer.
This option can also be used to set up peers for eBGP load
balancing.
Default: off
Parameter Description
as-override {off | on} As a rule, to prevent loops in BGP, routers examine the AS
number in the AS Path.
If a router sees its own AS number in the AS Path of the
BGP packet, it drops the packet.
This feature lets the router at the sending end override the
peer's AS number with the router's AS number in the
outbound AS path.
This helps multiple sites in the same AS accept the routes.
If the Peer Local AS feature is enabled, the router uses the
configured Peer Local AS to override the remote peer's AS
number.
Default: off
allow-as-in-count {0- This feature lets the router at the receiving end override
10 | default} the peer's AS number with the router's AS number in the
inbound AS path.
This is an inbound property whereas as-override is an
outbound property.
Range: 0-10
Default: 0
Parameter Description
ttl {<1-255> | Use the TTL (Time to Live) parameter to limit the number
default} of hops over which the External BGP (eBGP) multihop
session is created.
You can configure the TTL only if eBGP multihop is
enabled.
When multihop is disabled the default TTL is 1.
Range: 1-255
Default: 64
no-aggregator-id {off The router's aggregate attribute as zero (rather than the
| on} router ID value).
This option prevents the creation of aggregate routes with
different AS paths by different routers in an AS.
Default: off
Parameter Description
send-keepalives {off | The router always sends keepalive messages even when
on} an update message is sufficient.
This option lets the router interoperate with other routers
that do not strictly follow protocol specifications regarding
updates.
Default: none
passive-tcp {off | on} The router waits for the specified peer to issue an open
message.
The router does not initiate TCP connections.
Default: off
Parameter Description
Default: none
Parameter Description
graceful-restart {off Sets the Check Point system to maintain the forwarding
| on} state advertised by peer routers even when they restart.
This minimizes the negative effects caused by the restart
of peer routers.
See sk100499.
Default: off
Parameter Description
Default: off
Make sure the SmartConsole topology is correct (issues
with incorrect Firewall topology can cause Anti-Spoofing to
interfere with BFD traffic.
Syntax
set bgp
confederation identifier <Number of Autonomous System>
confederation identifier off
confederation aspath-loops-permitted <1-10>
confederation aspath-loops-permitted default
routing-domain identifier <Number of Autonomous System>
routing-domain identifier off
routing-domain aspath-loops-permitted <1-10>
routing-domain aspath-loops-permitted default
synchronization {off | on}
Parameters
Parameter Description
confederation Specifies the identifier for the entire confederation. This identifier
identifier is used as the autonomous system number in external BGP
<Number of sessions. Outside the confederation, the confederation id is the
Autonomous autonomous system number of a single, large autonomous
System> system. Thus the confederation id must be a globally unique,
typically assigned autonomous system number.
confederation Specifies the number of times the local autonomous system can
aspath-loops appear in an autonomous system path for routes learned through
permitted <1-10> BGP. If this number is higher than the number of times the local
autonomous system appears in an autonomous system path, the
corresponding routes are discarded or rejected.
Parameter Description
routing-domain Specifies the routing domain identifier (RDI) for this router. You
identifier must specify the RDI if you are using BGP confederations. The
<Number of RDI does not need to be globally unique since it is used only
Autonomous within the domain of the confederation.
System>
routing-domain Specifies the number of times the local autonomous system can
aspath-loops- appear in an autonomous system path for routes learned through
permitted <1-10> BGP. If this number is higher than the number of times the local
autonomous system appears in an autonomous system path, the
corresponding routes are discarded or rejected.
Syntax
Parameters
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
peer <IP Address> [{off | on}] Creates a peer group with the
specified gateway (<IP
Address>).
Parameter Description
peer <IP Address> accept-routes {all | Accepts routes from peers only if
none} there is an inbound BGP route
policy.
In the absence of a configured
import policy for this peer, specify
"all" or "none" here.
n all - Accepts and installs
routes with an invalid
preference. This is the
default.
Depending on the local BGP
inbound policy, the routes
can become active or
inactive.
n none - Deletes routes from a
peer when no explicit local
BGP inbound policy exists.
Use this option to save
memory overhead when
many routes are rejected
because there is no local
policy.
These routes can be re-
learned only if you restart the
BGP session.
peer <IP Address> authtype {none | md5 Sets peer authentication between
secret <Password>} the local gateway and the specified
peer gateway (<IP Address>).
You can set it to MD5 and specify
the password (<Password>), or
you can turn it off (none).
peer <IP Address> graceful-restart {off Turns graceful restart on and off
| on} between the local gateway and the
specified peer (<IP Address>).
Parameter Description
peer <IP Address> holdtime {default | Sets the maximum amount of time
<Time>} (in seconds) that can elapse
between messages from the
specified peer (<IP Address>).
peer <IP Address> ignore-first-ashop Sets the router to ignore the first
{off | on} AS number in the AS_PATH for
routes learned from the specified
peer.
Use this option for a route server
peer in so-called transparent
mode.
The route server is configured to
redistribute routes from multiple
ASs and does not prepend its own
AS number.
peer <IP Address> keepalive {default | Sets the keepalive timer (in
<Time>} seconds) for the specified peer
(<IP Address>).
peer <IP Address> no-aggregator-id {off Sets the specified peer (<IP
| on} Address>) to not aggregate AS
routes (on).
If set to off, the peer will create
aggregate routes.
Parameter Description
peer <IP Address> passive-tcp {off | Sets peer passive behavior. If on,
on} the gateway does not initialize
connections to the specified
remote peer (<IP Address>).
The default is off.
peer <IP Address> peer-type {none | Sets the local gateway's peer type
reflector-client | no-client-reflector} in the relation to the specified peer
[{off | on}] (<IP Address>).
peer <IP Address> ping {off | on} Sets ping capability between the
local gateway and the specified
peer (<IP Address>).
The default is off.
peer <IP Address> send-keepalives {off Sets the gateway to always send
| on} keepalive messages to the
specified peer (<IP Address>).
The default is off.
peer <IP Address> throttle-count {off | Sets the maximum number of BGP
<Number>} updates that can be sent at one
time to the specified peer (<IP
Address>).
The range for the <Number> is 0-
65535. The default is off.
Parameter Description
peer <IP Address> trace [{keepalive | Sets the types of packets to trace
open | packets | update | all | general from the specified peer (<IP
| normal | policy | route | state | Address>).
task | timer}] {off | on}
peer <IP Address> weight <Weight> Sets the weight for the specified
peer (<IP Address>).
The value range for the <Weight>
is 0-65535.
peer <IP Address> comment "<Your Text>" Sets a comment associated with
the specified peer (<IP
Address>).
Syntax
set bgp
internal peer <IP Address> peer-type
none
no-client-reflector
reflector-client
cluster-id {<IP Address> | off}
default-med {<0-65535> | off}
default-route-gateway {<IP Address> | off}
Parameters
Parameter Description
internal peer <IP The peer router <IP Address> is not a reflector client of
Address> the local router. This is the default.
peer-type none
internal peer <IP The peer router <IP Address> is a reflector client of the
Address> local router.
peer-type reflector-
client
Parameter Description
default-route-gateway Installs the BGP default route in the kernel and then sends
<IP Address> that route to BGP peers.
This route has a higher rank than any configured default
static route for this router.
Notes:
n If you do not want a BGP peer considered for
generating the default route, use this command
(see "Configuring BGP Remote Peers in Gaia
Clish" on page 81):
set bgp external remote-as <Number
of Autonomous System> peer <IP
Address> suppress-default-originate
on
n If you want to originate a default route via BGP
without installing it in the kernel, you can use
NAT Pools to do so (see"NAT Pools" on
page 726). You can configure a default static
route ([Link]/0) using the NAT Pool feature and
advertise the route via BGP to your desired peers
using one of these methods:
l Route Maps
See:
o "Configuring Route Maps in Gaia
See:
o "Configuring Route Redistribution in
Note - BGP route dampening is supported only for External BGP (eBGP).
Syntax
Parameters
Parameter Description
suppress- Specifies the value of the instability metric at which route suppression
above <2-32> takes place.
A route is not installed in the forwarding table or announced even if it
reachable during the period that it is suppressed.
Parameter Description
reachable- Specifies the time for the instability metric to reach half of its value
decay <1-900> when the route is reachable.
The smaller the value the sooner a suppressed route becomes
reusable.
unreachable- Specifies the time for the instability metric to reach half its value when
decay <1- the route is NOT reachable.
2700> The value must be equal to or higher than the reachable-decay value.
keep-history Specifies the period for which route flapping history is maintained for a
<2-5400> given route.
Syntax
Parameters
Parameter Description
Syntax
restart bgp
all
as <Number of Autonomous System>
peer <IP Address of Peer>
Parameters
Parameter Description
peer <IP Address of Peer> Restarts BGP peering with the specified peer
Important:
n Restarting any part of a BGP protocol causes neighbor adjacencies to be torn
down and brought back up.
n The protocol's Graceful Restart mechanism does not take effect.
n Side effects of restarting a BGP instance include:
l Loss of BGP routes
l Traffic outage
Monitoring BGP
To see all available "show" commands for BGP, enter in Gaia Clish:
show bgp[Esc][Esc]
Troubleshooting BGP
See "Trace Options" on page 672.
Notes:
n ClusterXL (in Gateway and VSX mode) supports BGP IPv6 Link Local
peers.
n ClusterXL (in Gateway and VSX mode) supports BGP IPv6 Global Link
peers.
Note - To configure routing policies for BGP-4 Multiprotocol Extensions, use the Gaia
Clish "routemap" commands. Do not use the route redistribution and inbound filters
in Gaia Portal.
BGP sessions might include a single metric (Multi-Exit Discriminator or MED) in the path
attributes. Smaller values are preferred. These values are used to break ties between routes
with equal preference from the same neighbor AS.
Internal BGP sessions carry at least one metric in the path attributes that BGP calls the local
preference. The size of the metric is identical to the MED. Use of these metrics depends on the
type of internal protocol processing.
For BGP implementation, external peers are directly attached to a shared subnet and
advertise next hops that are host addresses on the subnet. If you enable the multihop option in
the BGP peer template during configuration, this constraint is relaxed.
Internal groups determine the immediate next hops for routes. The next hop received with a
route from a peer is used as a forwarding address and to look up an immediate next hop in IGP
routes. Internal groups support distant peers, but need to know the IGP whose routes they are
using to determine immediate next hops.
Where possible, for internal BGP group types, a single outgoing message is built for all group
peers based on the common policy. A copy of the message is sent to every peer in the group,
with appropriate adjustments to the next hop field to each peer. This minimizes the
computational load needed to run large numbers of peers in these types of groups.
These options work only with peers that support the same capabilities.
Gaia systems can also peer with systems that do not support these options.
n To configure BGP route updates in Gaia Clish:
set bgp external remote-as <AS Number> peer <IP Address> send-
route-refresh
set bgp internal peer <IP Address> send-route-refresh
save config
3. In the Peers section, select the applicable peer and click Edit.
4. Click Shows Advanced Settings.
5. In the Route Refresh section, select the Route Refresh.
6. Click Save to close the Edit Peer window.
7. Click Save to close the Edit Peer Group window.
Note - This feature might cause a busy peer connection to block other protocols for
prolonged intervals.
Path attributes
Attribute Description
NEXT_HOP Defines the IP address of the border router that should be used as the
next hop to the destinations listed in the UPDATE message.
MULTI_ Discriminates among multiple exit or entry points to the same neighboring
EXIT_DISC autonomous system. Used only on external links.
LOCAL_PREF Determines which external route should be taken and is included in all
iBGP UPDATE messages. The assigned BGP speaker sends this
message to BGP speakers within its own autonomous system but not to
neighboring autonomous systems. Higher values of a LOCAL_PREF are
preferred.
ATOMIC_ Specifies to a BGP speaker that a less specific route was chosen over a
AGGREGATE more specific route. The BGP speaker attaches the ATOMIC_AGGREGATE
attribute to the route when it reproduces it to other BGP speakers. The
BGP speaker that receives this route cannot remove the ATOMIC_
AGGREGATE attribute or make any Network Layer Reachability Information
(NLRI) of the route more specific. This attribute is used only for debugging
purposes.
All unreachable messages are collected into a single message and are sent before reachable
routes during a flash update. For these unreachable announcements, the next hop is set to the
local address on the connection, no metric is sent, and the path origin is set to incomplete. On
external connections, the AS path in unreachable announcements is set to the local AS. On
internal connections, the AS path length is set to zero.
Routing information shared between peers in BGP has two formats: announcements and
withdrawals. A route announcement indicates that a router either learned of a new network
attachment or made a policy decision to prefer another route to a network destination. Route
withdrawals are sent when a router makes a new local decision that a network is no longer
reachable.
Note - A BGP session does not accept MEDs from an external peer unless the Accept
MED field is set for an external peer.
Notes:
n To define a redistribution policy in Gaia Portal, go to Advanced Routing >
Route Redistribution.
n To define a redistribution policy in Gaia Clish, use the "set routemap"
commands. See sk100501.
BGP Communities
BGP communities allow you to group a set of IP addresses and apply routing decisions based
on the identity of the group or community.
To implement this feature, map a set of communities to certain BGP local preference values.
Then you can apply a uniform BGP configuration to the community as a whole as opposed to
each router within the community. The routers in the community can capture routes that match
their community values.
Use community attributes to configure your BGP speaker to set, append, or modify the
community of a route that controls which routing information is accepted, preferred, or
distributed to other neighbors. The following table displays some special community attributes
that a BGP speaker can apply.
Community
Description
attribute
For more about communities, see RFC 1997 and RFC 1998.
The route reflector sends the routes received from its peers to its clients.
In the example network below:
n AS1 has five Check Point routers with enabled BGP.
n One of the routers is a route reflector for two clients.
1 Non-clients 5 AS1
2 iBGP 6 eBGP
4 Clients in cluster
It is possible to define more than one route reflector in the AS to avoid having a single point of
failure.
Best Practice - We recommend that you not use multiple redundant reflectors
unnecessarily because it increases the memory required to keep routes on the peers
of redundant reflectors.
BGP Confederations
An alternative to route reflection is BGP confederations. As with route reflectors, you can
partition BGP speakers into clusters where each cluster is typically a topologically close set of
routers. With confederations, this is accomplished by subdividing the autonomous system into
multiple, smaller ASs that communicate among themselves. The internal topology is hidden
from the outside world, which perceives the confederation to be one large AS.
Each distinct sub-AS within a confederation is referred to as a routing domain (RD). Routing
domains are identified by using a Routing Domain Identifier (RDI). The RDI has the same
syntax as an AS number, but as it is not visible outside of the confederation, it does not need to
be globally unique, although it does need to be unique within the confederation. Many
confederations find it convenient to select their RDIs from the reserved AS space (ASs 64512
through 65535 (see RFC 1930). RDIs are used as the ASs in BGP sessions between peers
within the confederation.
The confederation as a whole, is referred to by a confederation identifier. This identifier is used
as the AS in external BGP sessions. As far as the outside world is concerned, the
confederation ID is the AS number of the single, large AS. For this reason, the confederation
ID must be a globally unique, normally assigned AS number.
For further details, refer to the confederations specification document RFC 1965.
Note - BGP route dampening is supported only for eBGP. It is not supported for iBGP.
During a cluster failover in the ClusterXL High Availability mode, the BGP session drops when
a Standby Cluster Member takes over the Cluster VIP addresses. As described in RFC 4271,
this triggers the deletion of all BGP routes learned from a BGP peer, from both the Active and
Standby Cluster Members. The new Active Cluster Member re-learns the BGP routes after it
re-establishes the BGP sessions.
A service interruption occurs because BGP negotiations usually take 10-60 seconds to
complete.
Required Configuration
To prevent BGP interruption during a cluster failover, you must:
1. Enable the BGP Graceful Restart in the BGP configuration on each Cluster Member.
2. Enable the BGP Graceful Restart in the BGP configuration on the BGP peers.
Graceful Restart is a mechanism which keeps deleted BGP routes in the routing table as
kernel routes until a timer expires (default is 360 seconds).
For more information about Graceful Restart, see:
Important:
n You must create a matching configuration on the BGP peers of the Check Point
cluster.
Test this configuration properly to make sure it works properly.
n The Graceful Restart process is initiated for all BGP peers during a cluster
failover and concludes upon receiving an End-of-Routing Information Base
(RIB) from each BGP peer.
n To ensure proper configuration of Graceful Restart, it is essential to enable it for
all BGP peers and to confirm that the Graceful Restart Helper is configured on
all remote BGP peers.
n Incomplete configuration, where the Graceful Restart Helper is set up on some
but not all BGP peers, results in the Graceful Restart process not functioning as
intended, potentially leading to BGP service outages.
Additional Configuration
You can use Continuous Built-In Test (cBIT) detection with the BGP Graceful Restart. See
RFC-5882 > section-3.1.
If you use Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD), then you must enable the BGP control
plane detection failure. See "IP Reachability Detection" on page 243.
For Graceful Restart to work with BFD without an outage, the Graceful Restart Helper must
have the "cBit" detection and the cBit value must be set to 0 (depends on the control plane) by
the cluster.
To configure the BGP peers to use Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) with cBIT
detection:
In this configuration, the Standby Cluster Member keeps learned routes in its routing table.
This way, there is no traffic interruption when the BGP session is re-established.
Run these Gaia Clish commands on each Cluster Member:
1. set bgp external remote-as <AS Number> peer <IP Address> ip-
reachability-detection onset bgp external remote-as <AS
Number> peer <IP Address> ip-reachability-detection on
2. set bgp external remote-as <AS Number> peer <IP Address> ip-
reachability-detection check-control-plane-failure on
3. save config
Important - You must create a matching configuration on the BGP peers of the Check
Point cluster. Check Point strongly recommendd to fully test this configuration to
make sure it works properly. Some BGP peer routers can support BFD but not include
cBIT detection in BGP. Refer to the relevant vendor's documentation.
IGMP
Introduction
Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) allows hosts on multiaccess networks to inform
locally attached routers of their group membership information. Hosts share their group
membership information by multicasting IGMP host membership reports. Multicast routers
listen for these host membership reports, and then exchange this information with other
multicast routers.
The group membership reporting protocol includes two types of messages: host membership
query and host membership report. IGMP messages are encapsulated in IP datagrams, with
an IP protocol number of 2. Protocol operation requires that a designated querier router be
elected on each subnet and that it periodically multicast a host membership query to the all-
hosts group.
Hosts respond to a query by generating host membership reports for each multicast group to
which they belong. These reports are sent to the group being reported, which allows other
active members on the subnet to cancel their reports. This behavior limits the number of
reports generated to one for each active group on the subnet. This exchange allows the
multicast routers to maintain a database of all active host groups on each of their attached
subnets. A group is declared inactive (expired) when no report is received for several query
intervals.
The IGMPv2 protocol adds a leave group message and uses an unused field in the IGMPv1
host membership query message to specify a maximum response time. The leave group
message allows a host to report when its membership in a multicast group terminates. Then,
the IGMP querier router can send a group-directed query with a very small maximum response
time to probe for any remaining active group members. This accelerated leave extension can
reduce the time required to expire a group and prune the multicast distribution tree from
minutes, down to several seconds
The unicast traceroute program allows the tracing of a path from one device to another, using
mechanisms that already exist in IP. Unfortunately, you cannot apply such mechanisms to IP
multicast packets. The key mechanism for unicast traceroute is the ICMP TTL exceeded
message that is specifically precluded as a response to multicast packets. The traceroute
facility implemented within routed conforms to the traceroute facility for IP multicast draft
specification.
Gaia supports IGMPv1, IGMPv2 (runs by default), and IGMPv3.
IGMPv3
Gaia provides IGMP version 3 source filtering to support source-specific multicast (SSM),
which enables the Gaia system to request traffic from specific sources via PIM join/prune
messages without requiring the presence of a rendezvous point (RP). This enables the Gaia
system to forward traffic from only those sources from which receivers requested traffic.
IGMPv3 supports applications that explicitly signal sources, from which they want to receive
traffic.
With IGMP version 3, receivers (hosts) identify their membership to a multicast group in the
following two modes:
n Include mode: Receivers announce membership to a group and provide a list of IP
addresses (the include list) from which they want to receive traffic.
n Exclude mode: Receivers announce membership to a host group and provide a list of IP
addresses (the exclude list) from which they do not want to receive traffic. To receive
traffic from all sources, a host sends an empty exclude list.
The multicast group address range 232/8 ([Link] to [Link]) is reserved for use
by SSM protocols and applications. The DRs of senders do not send register packets to any
RPs in the SSM group range.
When SSM is enabled, all other multicast groups are treated as in normal sparse-mode.
Parameter Description
1.
n IGMP version 3 is compatible with versions 2 and
1.
n You must select the IGMP version 3 and click
Query Interval The interval (in seconds) between IGMP general queries
sent by the querier router.
This parameter can be used to tune the IGMP messaging
overhead and has a secondary effect on the timeout of idle
IP multicast groups.
Range: 1-3600
Default: 125
Parameter Description
Query The maximum response time (in seconds) inserted into the
Response periodic IGMP general queries.
Interval The query response interval may be used to tune the
burstiness of IGMP messages.
A greater value spreads the host IGMP reports over a
greater interval, reducing burstiness.
This value must always be less than the query interval.
Range: 1-25
Default: 10
Last Member The maximum response time (in seconds) inserted into
Query Interval IGMP group-specific queries.
The last member query interval may be used to tune the
"leave latency".
A smaller value results in a reduction in the time to detect
the loss of the last member of a multicast group.
This value must always be less than the query interval.
Range: 1-25
Default: 1
Router Alert Allows the "disable insertion of IP router alert" option in all
IGMP messages sent on the interface.
This can be useful in interoperating with broken IP
implementations that may discard the packet due to the use
of this option.
Options: Enabled, or Disabled
Default: Enabled
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
Group Count This field appears if in the Group Type field you selected
Static Group.
Specifies the number of adjacent groups to subscribe to.
Range: 1-512
Default: 1
d. Click Save.
set igmp[Esc][Esc]
n To see the available "show" commands for IGMP, enter in Gaia Clish:
show igmp[Esc][Esc]
Syntax
Parameters
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
query-interval {<1- The interval (in seconds) between IGMP general queries
3600> | default} which the querier router sends.
You can use this parameter to tune the IGMP messaging
overhead and has a secondary effect on the timeout of idle
IP multicast groups.
Default: 125
Parameter Description
query-response- The maximum response time (in seconds) inserted into the
interval }<1-25> | periodic IGMP general queries.
default{ You can use the query response interval to tune the
burstiness of IGMP messages; a greater value spreads the
host IGMP reports over a greater interval, which reduces
burstiness.
Important - This value must always be less than the
configured Query Interval.
Default: 10
router-alert {off | Lets you disable the insertion of IP router alert in all IGMP
on} messages sent on the interface. This can be useful with
broken IP implementations that may discard the packet
because of the use of this option.
Default: off
Parameter Description
Monitoring IGMP
Monitoring IGMP in Gaia Portal
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > IGMP.
2. In the top right corner, click Monitoring.
3. In the IGMP Monitor section, click on the Information category.
Note - The page is static. To see the latest values, click Refresh.
show igmp[Esc][Esc]
Troubleshooting IGMP
See "Trace Options" on page 672.
Important:
n In a Cluster, you must configure all the Cluster Members in the same way.
n MLD functions only in conjunction with a multicast routing protocol to calculate a
multicast distribution tree.
Configure "IPv6 PIM" on page 185.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > MLD.
2. In the MLD Interfaces section, select the applicable interface and click Edit.
3. In the top section, configure the applicable values:
Parameter Description
Startup Query Configures the number of MLD queries sent out on startup, sent with
Count the intervals as configured in the parameter "startup-query-
interval".
Range: 1-255
Default: The value of the parameter "Loss Robustness"
Parameter Description
messages.
You can change this value to fine-tune the "leave latency" of the link.
A reduced value results in reduced time to detect the departure of
the last listener for an address.
Range: 1-25 seconds
Default: 1 second
Startup Query Configures the interval between General Queries sent by a Querier
Interval upon startup.
Range: 1-31744 seconds
Default: The value of the parmeter "Query Interval" divided by 4
(and rounded up)
4. In the Static Groups section, configure the applicable static multicast groups.
These settings configure the local membership for a multicast group.
Static group configuration provides a mechanism to simulate the presence of local
receivers on the interface.
When a static group is configured on an interface, the parent protocol (for example, PIM)
is notified of the presence of a local receiver.
a. Click Add.
b. In the Multicast Address field, enter the IPv6 address of the static multicast group.
c. Optional: In the Group Count field, enter the number of adjacent static multicast
groups, for which to enable the static membership at the same time.
Range: 1-512
Default: 1
d. Optional: In the Group Increment field, enter the IPv6 increment address between
adjacent static multicast groups.
Range: None
Default: ::1
e. Optional: Click Add SSM Source to configure the sources, from which to receive
traffic for this group.
Notes:
n This parameter is supported only for the MLD version 2.
To make this button available, you must save the current settings
while the field Version contains the value v2.
n Source-specific joins will only forward traffic that arrives from
i. In the Source Address field, enter the applicable multicast IPv6 address.
Default: None
ii. Optional: In the Source Count field, enter the number of adjacent static
multicast sources, for which to enable the local membership at the same
time.
Range: 1-512
Default: 1
iii. Optional: In the Source Increment field, enter the applicable unicast IPv6
address to increment between adjacent static multicast sources.
This field appears if in the Source Count field, you configured the value of 2
or greater.
Default: ::1
f. Click OK.
5. In the Local Groups section, configure the applicable local multicast groups.
These settings configure the interface to be a receiver of multicast data for the given
address.
Local group configuration provides a mechanism to simulate the presence of local
receivers on the interface.
When a local group is added, MLD sends a membership report for the group on the
interface.
a. Click Add.
b. In the Multicast Address field, enter the IPv6 address of the local multicast group.
c. Click OK.
6. Click Save.
n To see the available "show" commands for MLD, enter in Gaia Clish:
Workflow:
1. If necessary to use the MLD version 2, then configure it on the required interface.
2. Configure other applicable MLD settings.
Parameter Description
<Name of Interface> Specifies the interface that listens for MLD protocol
messages.
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
source <IPv6 Multicast Configures the multicast sources from which to receive
Address> {on | off} traffic for this group.
Notes:
n This parameter is supported only for the MLD
version 2.
To configure this parameter, you must first
enable the MLD version 2 on the specific
interface.
n Source-specific joins will only forward traffic
that arrives from specific sources, and was
sent to the specified multicast group.
Parameter Description
Note - The page is static. To see the latest values, click Reload.
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
groups interface <Name of Shows all MLD groups for the specified interface.
Interface>
if-stat <Name of Interface> Shows the MLD packet statistics for the specified
interface.
interface <Name of Shows the MLD state information for the specified
Interface> interface.
Troubleshooting MLD
See "Trace Options" on page 672.
IP Broadcast Helper
UDP broadcasts stop at the edge of the local network. This can be a problem under some
circumstances.
For example, if a server is relocated to a different network, but it needs to receive UDP
broadcasts from clients, which are not being relocated.
IP Broadcast Helper can solve this problem by forwarding UDP broadcasts to a list of
destination IPv4 addresses.
IP Broadcast Helper is a form of static addressing that uses directed broadcasts to forward
local and all-nets broadcasts to desired destinations within the internetwork.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > IP Broadcast Helper.
2. In the IP Broadcast Helper section, the Forward Non-local Packets option controls
whether packets are forwarded that are not locally originated by a source directly on the
receiving interface.
n Select this option to forward packets, even if the source is not directly on the
receiving interface. Click Apply.
n Clear this option (this is the default) to require that packets are generated by a
source that is directly on the receiving interface to be eligible for relay. Click Apply.
3. In the Configure Relays section, configure the interface, on which the IP helper service
runs.
a. Click Add.
b. In the Interface field, select the applicable interface.
c. In the UDP Port field, enter the number of the UDP port in the client UDP packets
that should be forwarded by the interface to the relay destination.
Important - You cannot use ports 67 and 68 that are reserved for DHCP
Relay.
Range: 1-65535
d. In the Relay field, enter the IPv4 unicast address (x.x.x.x) or IPv4 broadcast
address ([Link]), to which the interface forwards the client UDP
packets.
You can configure more than one relay IPv4 address.
Important:
n The IPv4 address specified must not be an address belonging to the
local machine.
n Packets are not forwarded to any destination IP address that uses
e. Click Save.
n To see the available "set" commands for IP Broadcast Helper, enter in Gaia Clish:
set iphelper[Esc][Esc]
n To see the available "show" commands for IP Broadcast Helper, enter in Gaia Clish:
show iphelper[Esc][Esc]
Syntax
set iphelper
forward-nonlocal {off | on}
interface <Name of Interface>
off
udp-port <1-65535>
off
relay-to <IP Address> {off | on}
Parameters
Parameter Description
forward-nonlocal Controls whether packets are forwarded that are not locally
{off | on} originated by a source directly on the receiving interface.
n Enable (on) this option to forward packets, even if the
source is not directly on the receiving interface.
n Disable (off) this option (this is the default) to require
that packets are generated by a source that is directly on
the receiving interface to be eligible for relay.
udp-port <1- Specifies the number of the UDP port in the client UDP
65535> packets that should be forwarded by the interface to the relay
destination
Important - You cannot use ports 67 and 68 that are
reserved for DHCP Relay.
Procedure
n Disable this option (this is the default) to require that packets are generated by a
source that is directly on the receiving interface to be eligible for relay.
4. Configure the interface, the UDP port in client packets, and the destination IPv4
address:
save config
Note - The page is static. To see the latest values, click Reload.
To see the available "show" commands for IP Broadcast Helper, enter in Gaia Clish:
show iphelper[Esc][Esc]
PIM
In This Section:
Introduction 155
IPv4 PIM Dense Mode (DM) 156
IPv4 PIM Sparse Mode (SM) 156
IPv4 PIM Source-Specific Multicast (SSM) Mode 157
Introduction
IPv4 Protocol-Independent Multicast (PIM) can forward IPv4 multicast packets with a unicast
protocol.
IPv4 PIM efficiently routes IPv4 multicast traffic for groups that span wide area (and inter-
domain) networks.
It works with all existing unicast routing protocols.
IPv4 PIM supports these modes:
n Dense Mode (PIM DM)
n Sparse Mode (PIM SM)
n Source-Specific Multicast Mode(PIM SSM)
Notes:
n You can enable only one mode of IPv4 PIM at a time.
n Due to a Gaia OS limitation, a maximum of 31 PIM interfaces can be
configured.
If more interface are configured, IPv4 PIM runs only on the first 31
interfaces.
n You must configure an Access Control rule that accepts IPv4 PIM traffic.
The IPv4 PIM Dense Mode State Refresh option can be used in conjunction with dense
mode to eliminate the periodic flood-and-prune of multicast data with no active receivers. All
PIM routers must have State Refresh enabled to take advantage of this feature.
The IPv4 PIM Dense Mode builds multicast distribution trees that operate on a flood and
prune principle. Multicast packets from a source are flooded throughout a PIM dense mode
network. PIM routers that receive multicast packets and have no directly connected
multicast group members or PIM neighbors send a prune message back up the source-
based distribution tree toward the source of the packets. As a result, subsequent multicast
packets are not flooded to pruned branches of the distribution tree. However, the pruned
state in PIM dense mode times out approximately every three minutes and the entire PIM
dense mode network is reflooded with multicast packets and prune messages. This
reflooding of unwanted traffic throughout the PIM dense mode network consumes network
bandwidth unnecessarily.
Use the IPv4 PIM Dense Mode State Refresh feature to keep the pruned state in PIM dense
mode from timing out by periodically forwarding a control message down the distribution
tree. The control message refreshes the prune state on the outgoing interfaces of each
router in the tree. This saves network bandwidth by greatly reducing the reflooding of
unwanted multicast traffic to pruned branches of the PIM dense mode network.
Note - You must enable state refresh on all the IPv4 PIM routers in the distribution
tree to take advantage of this feature.
Warning - Multicast Forwarding Cache (MFC) static entries and IPv4 PIM are
mutually exclusive features and must not be enabled at the same time ("Multicast
Forwarding Cache (MFC)" on page 730).
Important - In a Cluster, you must configure all the Cluster Members in the same way.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > PIM.
2. In the PIM Global Settings section:
a. Select Sparse Mode (SM).
b. Click Apply.
3. In the PIM Interfaces section, add the applicable interfaces.
See the "Configuring IPv4 PIM on Interfaces" on page 161 section below.
4. Optional: In the Advanced Options section, configure the applicable settings.
See the "Configuring IPv4 PIM Advanced Options" on page 164 section below.
5. Optional: In the Bootstrap and Rendezvous Point Settings section, configure the
applicable settings.
See the "Configuring IPv4 PIM Bootstrap and Rendezvous Point Settings" on
page 167 section below.
6. Configure the Static Multicast Routes.
See "Static Multicast Routes" on page 213.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > PIM.
2. In the PIM Global Settings section:
a. Select Dense Mode (DM).
b. Select the State Refresh to use state refresh messages to delay timing out
prune state of multicast traffic that has no active receivers. This helps suppress
the flood-and-prune cycle inherent to Dense Mode.
c. Click Apply.
3. In the PIM Interfaces section, add the applicable interfaces.
a. Click Add.
b. In the Interface field, select the interface, on which you want to run PIM.
c. Optional: To configure this interface to use the IPv4 VRRP Virtual IP address,
select Use Virtual address.
d. Optional: in the DR Priority (Designated Router priority) field, enter a new
priority between 0 and 4294967295.
e. Click Save.
4. Optional: In the Advanced Options section, configure the applicable settings.
See the "Configuring IPv4 PIM Advanced Options" on page 164 section below.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > PIM.
2. In the PIM Global Settings section:
a. Select Source-Specific Multicast (SSM).
b. Click Apply.
3. In the PIM Interfaces section, add the applicable interfaces.
See the "Configuring IPv4 PIM on Interfaces" on the next page section below.
4. Optional: In the Advanced Options section, configure the applicable settings.
See the "Configuring IPv4 PIM Advanced Options" on page 164 section below.
5. Optional: In the Bootstrap and Rendezvous Point Settings section, configure the
applicable settings.
See the "Configuring IPv4 PIM Bootstrap and Rendezvous Point Settings" on
page 167 section below.
6. Configure the Static Multicast Routes.
See "Static Multicast Routes" on page 213.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > PIM.
2. Select the IPv4 PIM Mode.
See "Configuring IPv4 PIM Modes" on page 158.
3. In the PIM Interfaces section, click Add.
Alternatively, select the configured interface and click Edit.
4. Configure the applicable settings.
Parameter Description
Use Virtual Select this option to use the IPv4 VRRP Virtual IP address on this
Address interface:
n PIM runs on this interface only after the router becomes a
Parameter Description
5. Click Save.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > PIM.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > PIM.
2. In the PIM Interfaces section, click Delete All.
3. Click OK to confirm.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > PIM.
2. In the PIM Interfaces section, click Restart All.
3. Click OK to confirm.
Parameter Description
Hello Interval between PIM Hello messages that are sent on a multicast-
Interval capable interface.
Hello messages are addressed to the All-PIM-Routers multicast
group ([Link]), so that PIM routers may discover neighbors on
a multi-access network.
Range: 1-21845 seconds
Default: 30 seconds
Parameter Description
Join Prune The maximum interval from the time when the unicast Reverse
Delay Path Forwarding (RPF) neighbor (towards a source or the RP)
Interval changes, and a triggered Join/Prune message is sent.
Range: 1-3600 seconds
Default: 5 seconds
Parameter Description
Direct Compares the cost of protocols to find which router will forward
OSPF multicast data packets on a multi-access LAN.
Kernel These values are used in assert messages sent out on a LAN
Static when a router detects data packets on an interface other than the
RIP incoming interface towards the source of the data.
BGP These values must be the same for all routers on a multi-access
LAN that run the same protocol.
Therefore, the default values were specially configured to match
those of other implementations.
n Range: 0-255
n Defaults:
l BGP: 170
l Direct: 0
l Kernel: 40
l OSPF: 10
l RIP: 100
l Static: 60
Parameter Description
State For Dense Mode, the interval at which state refresh messages are
Refresh sent for multicast traffic originated by directly-connected sources.
Interval Range: 1-255 seconds
Default: 60 seconds
Parameter Description
State For Dense Mode, the time-to-live (TTL) placed in the state refresh
Refresh TTL messages originated for multicast traffic from directly-connected
sources.
You can use this value to limit the forwarding of state refresh
messages in the network.
In the absence of user configuration, it is derived from the multicast
data.
Range: 1-255
Default: None
Parameter Description
4. Click Save.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > PIM.
2. In the PIM Global Settings section, in the PIM Protocol field, select one these:
n Sparse Mode (SM)
n Source Specific Multicast (SSM)
3. In the Bootstrap and Rendezvous Point Settings section, click Edit Settings.
Address used for the C-BSR state machine and the bootstrap messages.
The higher the IPv4 address, the higher the priority.
Important:
n On a single Security Gateway, this address can be that of the
Default: The IPv4 address of one of the interfaces on which IPv4 PIM is
enabled. The default does not apply on Cluster Members.
Address used for the C-RP state machine and in the C-RP-Advertisements
sent to the elected bootstrap router.
The higher the IPv4 address, the higher the priority.
Important:
n On a single Security Gateway, this address can be that of the
Default: The IPv4 address of one of the interfaces on which IPv4 PIM is
enabled. The default does not apply on Cluster Members.
d. Optional: Click Add to configure a Multicast Group and Subnet mask for which
this router is designated as the candidate rendezvous point.
Description
n Multicast Group
The multicast IPv4 address of the group(s), for which this rendezvous
point is responsible.
Range: Dotted-quad ([224-239].[0-255].[0-255].[0-255])
Default: [Link]/4
n Subnet mask
The IPv4 mask length.
Range: 1-32
Default: None
c. Optional: Click Add to configure a Multicast Group and Subnet mask for which
this router is designated as the static rendezvous point.
Description
n Multicast Group
The multicast IPv4 address of the group(s), for which this rendezvous
point is responsible.
Range: Dotted-quad ([224-239].[0-255].[0-255].[0-255])
Default: [Link]/4
n Subnet mask
The IPv4 mask length.
Range: 1-32
Default: None
7. Click Save.
Important - In a Cluster, you must configure all the Cluster Members in the same way.
n To see the available "set" commands for IPv4 PIM, enter in Gaia Clish:
set pim[Esc][Esc]
n To see the available "show" commands for IPv4 PIM, enter in Gaia Clish:
show pim[Esc][Esc]
restart pim[Esc][Esc]
set pim
assert-interval {<1-3600> | default}
assert-rank protocol <Protocol> rank {<0-255> | default}
bootstrap-candidate
local-address <IPv4 address>
{off | on}
priority {<0-255> | default}
candidate-rp
advertise-interval {<1-3600> | default}
local-address {IPv4 address>
multicast-group <IPv4 address>/<Subnet mask> {off |
on}
{off | on}
priority {<0-255> | default}
data-interval {<11-3600> | default}
hello-interval {<1-21845> | default}
interface <Name of Interface>
dr-priority {<0-4294967295> | default}
{off | on}
virtual-address {off | on}
interface-all-off
jp-delay-interval {<1-3600> | default}
jp-interval {<1-3600> | default}
mode {dense | sparse | ssm}
register-suppress-interval {<60-3600> | default}
state-refresh {off | on}
state-refresh-interval {<1-255> | default}
state-refresh-ttl {<1-255> | default}
static-rp
{off | on}
rp-address <IPv4 address>
multicast-group <IPv4 address>/<Subnet mask>
{off | on}
{off | on}
The mandatory parameters are marked Mandatory. All other parameters are optional.
Parameter Description
assert-rank Configures the protocol, for which to configure the assert rank:
protocol
<Protocol>
n bgp - Routes learned via the IPv4 BGP protocol
n direct - Routes directly connected to an IPv4 network
interface
n kernel - Kernel routes for IPv4
n ospf - Routes learned via the IPv4 OSPF v2 protocol
n ospfase - External routes learned via the IPv4 OSPF v2
ASE protocol
n rip - Routes learned via the IPv4 RIP protocol
n static - Static IPv4 routes
rank {<0-255> | Configures the IPv4 protocol rank to compare the cost of
default} protocols to find which router will forward multicast data packets
on a multi-access LAN.
These values are used in assert messages sent out on a LAN
when a router detects data packets on an interface other than the
incoming interface towards the source of the data.
These values must be the same for all routers on a multi-access
LAN that run the same protocol.
Therefore, the default values were specially configured to match
those of other implementations.
n Range: 0-255
n Defaults:
l BGP: 170
l Direct: 0
l Kernel: 40
l OSPF: 10
l RIP: 100
l Static: 60
Parameter Description
bootstrap- Configures the IPv4 Bootstrap Candidate Local Address used for
candidate the C-BSR state machine and the bootstrap messages.
local-address Best Practice - Configure this local IPv4 address in these
<IPv4 address> cases:
n You enabled IPv4 PIM on two or more interfaces.
n An IPv4 PIM interface has two or more IPv4 addresses.
Important:
n On a single Security Gateway, this address can be that
of the IPv4 PIM interfaces or an address configured on
the loopback interface.
If an address from the loopback interface is used, do
not select an address in the [Link]/8 address
range.
If you do not configure this IPv4 address explicitly, then
Gaia OS uses the global IPv4 address.
n On a ClusterXL Cluster Member or VRRP Cluster
Member, this address can only be the Cluster Virtual IP
address configured on this IPv4 PIM interface.
If you do not configure this IPv4 address explicitly, then
Gaia OS uses the global IPv4 Virtual IP address.
Parameter Description
Important:
n On a single Security Gateway, this address can be that
of the IPv4 PIM interfaces or an address configured on
the loopback interface.
If an address from the loopback interface is used, do
not select an address in the [Link]/8 address
range.
If you do not configure this IPv4 address explicitly, then
Gaia OS uses the global IPv4 address.
n On a ClusterXL Cluster Member or VRRP Cluster
Member, this address can only be the Cluster Virtual IP
address configured on this IPv4 PIM interface.
If you do not configure this IPv4 address explicitly, then
Gaia OS uses the global IPv4 Virtual IP address.
Parameter Description
candidate-rp Configure the IPv4 Multicast Group, for which this router is
multicast-group designated as the candidate rendezvous point.
<IPv4
n <IPv4 address>
address>/<
Subnet mask> The multicast IPv4 address of the group(s) in CIDR
{off | on} notation, for which this rendezvous point is responsible.
Range: Dotted-quad ([224-239].[0-255].[0-255].[0-255])
Default: [Link]/4
n <Subnet mask>
The IPv4 mask length.
Range: 1-32
Default: None
Parameter Description
hello-interval Configures the interval between IPv4 PIM Hello messages that
{<1-21845> | are sent on a multicast-capable interface.
default} Hello messages are addressed to the All-PIM-Routers multicast
group ([Link]), so that PIM routers may discover neighbors
on a multi-access network.
Range: 1-21845 seconds
Default: 30 seconds
interface <Name Configures the IPv4 Designated Router (DR) priority advertised in
of Interface> the IPv4 PIM Hello messages that are sent on the interface.
dr-priority This is used for DR selection on a LAN.
{<0-4294967295> The router with the highest priority is selected as the designated
| default} router.
To break a tie, the DR is selected on the basis of the highest IP
address.
If even one router does not advertise a DR priority configured, the
DR election is based on the IP address.
Notes:
n To make sure that an IPv4 PIM neighbor supports DR
Priority:
a. Run this command in Gaia Clish on the Security
Gateway:
show pim neighbor <IPv4 Address
of Neighbor>
b. For neighbors that advertise a DR selection
priority value, this message appears in the
summary:
DRPriorityCapable Yes
n Because Gaia OS does not support IGMP for
unnumbered interfaces, it cannot function as a DR in
the presence of another router.
Range: 0-4294967295
Default: 1
interface <Name Disables (off) or enables (on) IPv4 PIM on the specified
of Interface> interface.
{off | on}
Parameter Description
interface <Name Disables (off) or enables (on) the use of the IPv4 VRRP Virtual
of Interface> IP address on this interface:
virtual-address
{off | on}
n IPv4 PIM runs on this interface only after the router
becomes a VRRP Master after a failover.
n Creates the neighbor relationship with the IPv4 Virtual IP
address, if the router is a VRRP Master. The VRRP Master
in the VRRP pair sends Hello messages that include the
Virtual IP as the source address and processes PIM control
messages from routers that neighbor the VRRP pair.
jp-delay- Configures the maximum interval from the time when the unicast
interval {<1- Reverse Path Forwarding (RPF) neighbor (towards a source or
3600> | the RP) changes, and a triggered Join/Prune message is sent.
default} Range: 1-3600 seconds
Default: 5 seconds
Parameter Description
state-refresh Disables (off) or enables (on) the use of state refresh messages
{off | on} to delay timing out prune state of multicast traffic that has no
active receivers.
This helps suppress the flood-and-prune cycle inherent to Dense
Mode.
state-refresh- For Dense Mode, configures the interval at which state refresh
interval {<1- messages are sent for multicast traffic originated by directly-
255> | default} connected sources.
Range: 1-255 seconds
Default: 60 seconds
state-refresh- For Dense Mode, configures the time-to-live (TTL) placed in the
ttl {<1-255> | state refresh messages originated for multicast traffic from
default} directly-connected sources.
You can use this value to limit the forwarding of state refresh
messages in the network.
In the absence of user configuration, it is derived from the
multicast data.
Range: 1-255
Default: None
static-rp {off Disables (off) or enables (on) all IPv4 Static Rendezvous Points
| on}
Parameter Description
static-rp rp- Configures the IPv4 Multicast Group, for which this router is
address <IPv4 designated as the static rendezvous point.
address>
n <IPv4 address>
multicast-group
<IPv4 The multicast IP address of the group(s) in CIDR notation,
address>/< for which this rendezvous point is responsible.
Subnet mask> Range: Dotted-quad ([224-239].[0-255].[0-255].[0-255])
{off | on} Default: [Link]/4
n <Subnet mask>
Mask length.
Range: 1-32
Default: None
Note - The page is static. To see the latest values, click Reload.
show pim
bootstrap
candidate-rp
group-rp-mapping <IPv4 Multicast Group>
interface <Name of Interface>
interfaces
joins
[detailed]
group <IPv4 Multicast Group> [detailed]
memory
neighbor <IPv4 PIM Neighbor>
neighbors
rps
sparse-mode-stats
stats
summary
timers
virtual-interfaces
Parameter Description
joins [detailed] Shows the IPv4 PIM Sparse-Mode join state for all
IPv4 Multicast Groups.
joins group <IPv4 Multicast Shows the IPv4 PIM Sparse-Mode join state for the
Group> [detailed] specified IPv4 Multicast Group.
Name in Gaia
Name in Gaia Clish Related Chapter
Portal
IPv6 PIM
Introduction
IPv6 Protocol-Independent Multicast (PIM) can forward IPv6 multicast packets with a unicast
protocol.
IPv6 PIM efficiently routes IPv6 multicast traffic for groups that span wide area (and inter-
domain) networks.
It works with all existing unicast routing protocols.
IPv6 PIM supports these modes:
n Sparse Mode (PIM SM)
n Source-Specific Multicast Mode(PIM SSM)
Notes:
n You can enable only one mode of IPv6 PIM at a time.
n Due to a Gaia OS limitation, a maximum of 31 PIM interfaces can be
configured.
If more interface are configured, IPv6 PIM runs only on the first 31
interfaces.
n You must configure an Access Control rule that accepts IPv6 PIM traffic.
The multicast group IPv6 range from FF30::/96 to FF3F::/96 is reserved for SSM.
In addition, only shortest-path-tree (SPT) join/prune messages for these groups are accepted
from neighboring routers. All other multicast groups are processed as in native Sparse Mode.
SSM does not need a Rendezvous Point (RP). The presence of an RP for any of the SSM
groups does not have any influence on the processing of join/prune messages.
Warning - Multicast Forwarding Cache (MFC) static entries and IPv6 PIM are
mutually exclusive features and must not be enabled at the same time ("Multicast
Forwarding Cache (MFC)" on page 730).
Important - In a Cluster, you must configure all the Cluster Members in the same way.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > IPv6 PIM.
2. In the IPv6 PIM Global Settings section:
a. Select Sparse Mode (SM).
b. Click Apply.
3. In the IPv6 PIM Interfaces section, add the applicable interfaces.
See the "Configuring IPv6 PIM on Interfaces" on page 189 section below.
4. Optional: In the Advanced Options section, configure the applicable settings.
See the "Configuring IPv6 PIM Advanced Options" on page 192 section below.
5. Optional: In the Bootstrap and Rendezvous Point Settings section, configure the
applicable settings.
See the "Configuring IPv6 PIM Bootstrap and Rendezvous Point Settings" on
page 195 section below.
6. Configure the IPv6 Static Multicast Routes.
See "Static Multicast Routes" on page 213.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > PIM.
2. In the PIM Global Settings section:
a. Select Source-Specific Multicast (SSM).
b. Click Apply.
3. In the IPv6 PIM Interfaces section, add the applicable interfaces.
See the "Configuring IPv6 PIM on Interfaces" on the next page section below.
4. Optional: In the Advanced Options section, configure the applicable settings.
See the "Configuring IPv6 PIM Advanced Options" on page 192 section below.
5. Optional: In the Bootstrap and Rendezvous Point Settings section, configure the
applicable settings.
See the "Configuring IPv6 PIM Bootstrap and Rendezvous Point Settings" on
page 195 section below.
6. Configure the Static Multicast Routes.
See "Static Multicast Routes" on page 213.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > IPv6 PIM.
2. Select the IPv6 PIM Mode.
See "Configuring IPv6 PIM Modes" on page 187.
3. In the IPv6 PIM Interfaces section, click Add.
Alternatively, select the configured interface and click Edit.
4. Configure the applicable settings.
Parameter Description
Use Virtual Select this option to use the IPv6 VRRP Virtual IP address on this
Address interface:
n PIM runs on this interface only after the router becomes a
Parameter Description
5. Click Save.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > IPv6 PIM.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > IPv6 PIM.
2. In the IPv6 PIM Interfaces section, click Delete All.
3. Click OK to confirm.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > IPv6 PIM.
2. In the IPv6 PIM Interfaces section, click Restart All.
3. Click OK to confirm.
Parameter Description
Hello Interval between PIM Hello messages that are sent on a multicast-
Interval capable interface.
Hello messages are addressed to the All-PIM-Routers multicast
group ([Link]), so that PIM routers may discover neighbors on
a multi-access network.
Range: 1-21845 seconds
Default: 30 seconds
Parameter Description
Join Prune The maximum interval from the time when the unicast Reverse
Delay Path Forwarding (RPF) neighbor (towards a source or the RP)
Interval changes, and a triggered Join/Prune message is sent.
Range: 1-3600 seconds
Default: 5 seconds
Parameter Description
Direct Compares the cost of protocols to find which router will forward
Kernel multicast data packets on a multi-access LAN.
Static These values are used in assert messages sent out on a LAN
OSPF3 when a router detects data packets on an interface other than the
OSPF3 ASE incoming interface towards the source of the data.
RIPNG These values must be the same for all routers on a multi-access
BGP LAN that run the same protocol.
IS-IS Therefore, the default values were specially configured to match
those of other implementations.
n Range: 0-255
n Defaults:
l Direct: 0
l Kernel: 40
l Static: 60
l OSPF3: 10
l RIPNG: 100
l BGP: 170
l IS-IS: 15
Parameter Description
4. Click Save.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > IPv6 PIM.
2. In the IPv6 PIM Global Settings section, in the PIM Protocol field, select one these:
n Sparse Mode (SM)
n Source Specific Multicast (SSM)
3. In the Bootstrap and Rendezvous Point Settings section, click Edit Settings.
Address used for the C-BSR state machine and the bootstrap messages.
The higher the IPv6 address, the higher the priority.
Important:
n On a single Security Gateway, this address can be that of the
Default: The IPv6 address of one of the interfaces on which IPv6 PIM is
enabled. The default does not apply on Cluster Members.
Address used for the C-RP state machine and in the C-RP-Advertisements
sent to the elected bootstrap router.
The higher the IPv6 address, the higher the priority.
Important:
n On a single Security Gateway, this address can be that of the
Default: The IPv6 address of one of the interfaces on which IPv6 PIM is
enabled. The default does not apply on Cluster Members.
d. Optional: Click Add to configure a Multicast Group and Subnet mask for which
this router is designated as the candidate rendezvous point.
Description
n Multicast Group
The multicast IPv6 address of the group(s), for which this rendezvous
point is responsible.
Range: from [FF00]:[0000]: ... :[0000] to [FF0F]:[FFFF]: ... :[FFFF]
Default: None
n Subnet mask
Mask length.
Range: 8-128
Default: None
Important:
n When you enable a Static Rendezvous Point, it overrides the
c. Optional: Click Add to configure a Multicast Group and Subnet mask for which
this router is designated as the static rendezvous point.
Description
n Multicast Group
The multicast IPv6 address of the group(s), for which this rendezvous
point is responsible.
Range: from [FF00]:[0000]: ... :[0000] to [FF0F]:[FFFF]: ... :[FFFF]
Default: None
n Subnet mask
Mask length.
Range: 8-128
Default: None
7. Click Save.
Important - In a Cluster, you must configure all the Cluster Members in the same way.
n To see the available "set" commands for IPv6 PIM, enter in Gaia Clish:
n To see the available "show" commands for IPv6 PIM, enter in Gaia Clish:
restart pim6[Esc][Esc]
The mandatory parameters are marked Mandatory. All other parameters are optional.
Parameter Description
assert-rank Configures the protocol, for which to configure the assert rank:
protocol
<Protocol>
n bgp - Routes learned via the IPv6 BGP protocol
n direct - Routes directly connected to an IPv6 network
interface
n isi - IS-IS routes for IPv6
n kernel - Kernel routes for IPv6
n ospf3 - Routes learned via the IPv6 OSPF v3 protocol
n ospf3ase - External routes learned via the IPv6 OSPF v3
ASE protocol
n rip - Routes learned via the IPv6 RIPng protocol
n static - Static IPv6 routes
Parameter Description
rank {<0-255> | Configures the IPv6 protocol rank to compare the cost of
default} protocols to find which router will forward multicast data packets
on a multi-access LAN.
These values are used in assert messages sent out on a LAN
when a router detects data packets on an interface other than the
incoming interface towards the source of the data.
These values must be the same for all routers on a multi-access
LAN that run the same protocol.
Therefore, the default values were specially configured to match
those of other implementations.
n Range: 0-255
n Defaults:
l BGP: 170
l Direct: 0
l IS-IS: 15
l Kernel: 40
l OSPF v3: 10
l RIPng: 100
l Static: 60
Parameter Description
bootstrap- Configures the IPv6 Bootstrap Candidate Local Address used for
candidate the C-BSR state machine and the bootstrap messages.
local-address Best Practice - Configure this local IPv6 address in these
<IPv6 address> cases:
n You enabled IPv6 PIM on two or more interfaces.
n An IPv6 PIM interface has two or more IPv6 addresses.
Important:
n On a single Security Gateway, this address can be that
of the IPv6 PIM interfaces or an address configured on
the loopback interface.
If an address from the loopback interface is used, do
not select an address in the ::1/128 address range.
If you do not configure this IPv6 address explicitly, then
Gaia OS uses the global IPv6 address.
n On a ClusterXL Cluster Member or VRRP Cluster
Member, this address can only be the Cluster Virtual IP
address configured on this IPv6 PIM interface.
If you do not configure this IPv6 address explicitly, then
Gaia OS uses the global IPv6 Virtual IP address.
Parameter Description
Important:
n On a single Security Gateway, this address can be that
of the IPv6 PIM interfaces or an address configured on
the loopback interface.
If an address from the loopback interface is used, do
not select an address in the ::1/128 address range.
If you do not configure this IPv6 address explicitly, then
Gaia OS uses the global IPv6 address.
n On a ClusterXL Cluster Member or VRRP Cluster
Member, this address can only be the Cluster Virtual IP
address configured on this IPv6 PIM interface.
If you do not configure this IPv6 address explicitly, then
Gaia OS uses the global IPv6 Virtual IP address.
Parameter Description
candidate-rp Configure the IPv6 Multicast Group, for which this router is
multicast-group designated as the candidate rendezvous point.
<IPv6
n <IPv6 address>
address>/<
Subnet mask> The multicast IPv6 address of the group(s) in CIDR
{off | on} notation, for which this rendezvous point is responsible.
Range: from [FF00]:[0000]: ... :[0000] to [FF0F]:[FFFF]: ... :
[FFFF]
Default: None
n <Subnet mask>
The IPv6 mask length.
Range: 8-128
Default: None
Parameter Description
hello-interval Configures the interval between IPv6 PIM Hello messages that
{<1-21845> | are sent on a multicast-capable interface.
default} Hello messages are addressed to the IPv6 All-PIM-Routers
multicast group (FF01::2), so that PIM routers may discover
neighbors on a multi-access network.
Range: 1-21845 seconds
Default: 30 seconds
interface <Name Configures the IPv6 Designated Router (DR) priority advertised in
of Interface> the IPv6 PIM Hello messages that are sent on the interface.
dr-priority This is used for DR selection on a LAN.
{<0-4294967295> The router with the highest priority is selected as the designated
| default} router.
To break a tie, the DR is selected on the basis of the highest IP
address.
If even one router does not advertise a DR priority configured, the
DR election is based on the IP address.
Notes:
n To make sure that an IPv6 PIM neighbor supports DR
Priority:
a. Run this command in Gaia Clish on the Security
Gateway:
show ipv6 pim neighbor <IPv6
Address of Neighbor>
b. For neighbors that advertise a DR selection
priority value, this message appears in the
summary:
DRPriorityCapable Yes
n Because Gaia OS does not support IGMP for
unnumbered interfaces, it cannot function as a DR in
the presence of another router.
Range: 0-4294967295
Default: 1
interface <Name Disables (off) or enables (on) IPv6 PIM on the specified
of Interface> interface.
{off | on}
Parameter Description
interface <Name Disables (off) or enables (on) the use of the IPv6 VRRP Virtual
of Interface> IP address on this interface:
virtual-address
{off | on}
n IPv6 PIM runs on this interface only after the router
becomes a VRRP Master after a failover.
n Creates the neighbor relationship with the IPv6 Virtual IP
address, if the router is a VRRP Master. The VRRP Master
in the VRRP pair sends Hello messages that include the
Virtual IP as the source address and processes PIM control
messages from routers that neighbor the VRRP pair.
jp-delay- Configures the maximum interval from the time when the unicast
interval {<1- Reverse Path Forwarding (RPF) neighbor (towards a source or
3600> | the RP) changes, and a triggered Join/Prune message is sent.
default} Range: 1-3600 seconds
Default: 5 seconds
static-rp {off Disables (off) or enables (on) all IPv6 Static Rendezvous
| on} Points.
Parameter Description
static-rp rp- Configures the IPv6 Multicast Group, for which this router is
address <IPv6 designated as the static rendezvous point.
address>
n <IPv6 address>
multicast-group
<IPv6 The multicast IPv6 address of the group(s) in CIDR
address>/< notation, for which this rendezvous point is responsible.
Subnet mask> Range: from [FF00]:[0000]: ... :[0000] to [FF0F]:[FFFF]: ... :
{off | on} [FFFF]
Default: None
n <Subnet mask>
The IPv6 mask length.
Range: 8-128
Default: None
unicast-bsm {on Disables (off) or enables (on) the sending and receiving of
| off} unicast bootstrap messages.
Note - The page is static. To see the latest values, click Reload.
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
joins [detailed] Shows the IPv6 PIM Sparse-Mode join state for all
IPv6 Multicast Groups.
joins group <IPv6 Multicast Shows the IPv6 PIM Sparse-Mode join state for the
Group> [detailed] specified IPv6 Multicast Group.
Static multicast routes are used to provide a parent multicast protocol like PIM (see "PIM" on
page 155 and "IPv6 PIM" on page 185) a different set of nexthops to use for the RPF (reverse-
path-forwarding) checks.
When conducting an RPF check, these routes are examined first, and, if no nexthop is found,
the unicast routing table is examined.
PIM expects packets to arrive on the reverse-path forwarding (RPF) interface - the interface
used to reach the source of the multicast data.
PIM also checks the RPF to learn which interface it should use to send join/prune messages.
By default, PIM checks the unicast routing table to identify the RPF interface.
Static multicast routes provide an alternative route table to use for the RPF check.
If a static multicast route and a unicast route are available for a specific destination, PIM uses
the static multicast route.
Static multicast routes let PIM be independent of unicast routing.
This lets you deploy topologies in which multicast and unicast traffic flow over different paths.
For example, in order to balance the traffic load, you can separate the HTTP traffic from the
stock quotes traffic. You simply configure a static multicast route to the source network that
specifies a next hop gateway address different from the next hop address (for the same
source) in the unicast routing table.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > Static Multicast Routes.
2. In the Static Multicast Routes section, click Add.
3. Configure the multicast destination parameters:
n In the Destination field, enter the IPv4 address.
n In the Subnet mask field, enter the IPv4 network mask.
4. In the Add Gateway section, configure the next hop gateways for the multicast route:
a. Click Add Gateway.
b. In the IPv4 Address field, enter the IPv4 unicast address of the next hop
gateway.
c. Optional: In the Priority field, enter the priority of this next hop gateway.
Description
The priority value defines which next hop gateway is selected as the nexthop,
when multiple next hop gateways are configured for the same static multicast
route.
n The lower the priority, the higher the preference.
n When multiple next hop gateways are configured with the same priority,
the one with the lower IPv4 address (for example, [Link] instead
of [Link]) is selected.
n next hop gateways with no priority configured are preferred over next
hop gateways with a configured priority value.
Range: None, or 1-8
Default: None (to set the default value, delete the current value 1-8)
d. Click OK.
5. Click Save.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > Static Multicast Routes.
2. In the Static Multicast Routes section, select the route.
3. Click Edit.
4. Configure the applicable settings and click OK.
5. Click Save.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > Static Multicast Routes.
n To see the available "set" commands for Static Multicast Routes, enter in Gaia Clish:
set static-mroute[Esc][Esc]
n To see the available "show" commands for Static Multicast Routes, enter in Gaia Clish:
show static-mroute[Esc][Esc]
Syntax
Parameters
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
save config
save config
save config
Note - The page is static. To see the latest values, click Reload.
show static-mroute
Troubleshooting IGMP
See "Trace Options" on page 672.
RIP
The Routing Information Protocol (RIP) is one of the oldest, and still widely used, Interior
Gateway Protocols (IGP).
RIP uses only the number of hops between nodes to determine the cost of a route to a
destination network and does not consider network congestion or link speed.
Other shortcomings of RIP are that it can create excessive network traffic if there are a large
number of routes and that it has a slow convergence time and is less secure than other IGP,
such as OSPF.
Routers using RIP broadcast their routing tables on a periodic basis to other routers, whether
or not the tables have changed.
Each update contains paired values consisting of an IP network address and a distance to that
network.
The distance is expressed as an integer, the hop count metric. Directly connected networks
have a metric of 1. Networks reachable through one other router are two hops, and so on. The
maximum number of hops in a RIP network is 15 and the protocol treats anything equal to or
greater than 16 as unreachable.
RIPv1
Network Mask
RIP 1 derives the network mask of received networks and hosts from the network mask of the
interface from which the packet was received.
If a received network or host is on the same natural network as the interface over which it was
received, and that network is subnetted (the specified mask is more specific than the natural
network mask), then the subnet mask is applied to the destination.
If bits outside the mask are set, it is assumed to be a host. Otherwise, it is assumed to be a
subnet.
Auto Summarization
The Check Point implementation of RIPv1 supports auto summarization.
This allows the router to aggregate and redistribute non-classful routes in RIP v1.
RIPv2
The RIP version 2 protocol adds capabilities to RIP. Some of the most notable RIPv2
enhancements follow.
Network Mask
The RIPv1 protocol assumes that all sub-networks of a given network have the same network
mask.
It uses this assumption to calculate the network masks for all routes received.
This assumption prevents subnets with different network masks from being included in RIP
packets.
RIPv2 adds the ability to specify explicitly the network mask for each network in a packet.
Authentication
RIPv2 packets also can contain one of two types of authentication methods that can be used to
verify the validity of the supplied routing data.
The first method is a simple password in which an authentication key of up to 16 characters is
included in the packet.
If this password does not match what is expected, the packet is discarded.
This method provides very little security, as it is possible to learn the authentication key by
watching RIP packets.
The second method uses the MD5 algorithm to create a crypto checksum of a RIP packet and
an authentication key of up to 16 characters.
The transmitted packet does not contain the authentication key itself; instead, it contains a
crypto checksum called the digest.
The receiving router performs a calculation using the correct authentication key and discards
the packet if the digest does not match.
In addition, a sequence number is maintained to prevent the replay of older packets.
This method provides stronger assurance that routing data originated from a router with a valid
authentication key.
1. From the left navigation tree, click the Advanced Routing > RIP.
2. Optional: In the RIP Global Settings section, configure the applicable settings and click
Apply Global Settings.
Description
Parameter Description
Expire Interval The amount of time that must pass with no update for a given
route before the route is considered to have timed out.
Note - This value must be 6 times the Update Interval
before the network drops packets, which contain an
update.
Range: 1-65535 seconds
Default: 180 seconds
Parameter Description
If you select v2, the default is to send full RIP v2 packets on the RIP multicast
address.
n Range: v1, or v2
n Default: v1
The RIP metric to add to routes that are sent with the specified interface(s).
This is used to make other routers prefer other sources of RIP routes over this
router.
A higher metric means routes appear more expensive.
Setting the metric to 0 or default removes the stored value.
n Range: None, or 1-16
n Default: None (to configure the default value, delete the current value 1-
16)
Controls if RIP packets from other routers, which use the interface, are accepted
or ignored.
Ignoring an update may result in suboptimal routing.
Range: Selected, or Cleared
Default: Selected
If you do not select this option, the interface becomes a passive RIP listener.
Range: Selected, or Cleared
Default: Selected
Note - You must use VRRP Monitored Circuit mode, when you
configure VRRP to work with Virtual IP addresses, and when you
configure Virtual IP support for a dynamic routing protocol, including
RIP.
In the Multicast mode, RIP v2 packets are sent as multicast on this interface.
n Range: Multicast, or Broadcast
n Default: Multicast
j. Click Save.
n To see the available "set" commands for RIP, enter in Gaia Clish:
set rip[Esc][Esc]
n To see the available "show" commands for RIP, enter in Gaia Clish:
show rip[Esc][Esc]
Syntax
set rip
auto-summary {off | on}
expire-interval {<1-65535. | default}
export-routemap <Name of RouteMap>
off
preference <Preference> on
import-routemap <Name of RouteMap>
off
preference <Preference> on
interface <Name of Interface>
[version {1 | 2} on]
accept-updates {off | on}
authtype
md5 secret <Password> [cisco-compatibility
{off | on}]
none
simple <Password>
metric {<0-16> | default}
{off | on}
send-updates {off | on}
transport {multicast | broadcast}
virtual-address {off | on}
update-interval {<1-65535> | default}
Parameters
The mandatory parameters are marked Mandatory. All other parameters are optional.
Parameter Description
Range: off, or on
Default: off
expire-interval The amount of time that must pass with no update for a
{<1-65535. | given route before the route is considered to have timed out.
default} Note - This value must be 6 times the Update Interval
before the network drops packets, which contain an
update.
Range: 1-65535 seconds
Default: 180 seconds
Parameter Description
accept-updates Controls if RIP packets from other routers, which use the
{off | on} interface, are accepted or ignored.
Ignoring an update may result in suboptimal routing.
Range: off, or on
Default: on
Parameter Description
l A-Z
l 0-9
l ` ~ ! @ # % ^ & * ( ) { } [ ] : ; ,
. _ - + =
n authtype none
There is no authentication scheme for the interface to
accept routing information from neighboring routers.
n authtype simple <Password>
Implements a simple authentication scheme for the
interface to accept routing information from
neighboring routers.
Password must contain from 1 to 16 characters.
These characters are supported:
l a-z
l A-Z
l 0-9
metric {<0-16> | The RIP metric to add to routes that are sent with the
default} specified interface(s).
This is used to make other routers prefer other sources of
RIP routes over this router.
A higher metric means routes appear more expensive.
Setting the metric to 0 or default removes the stored value.
n Range: default, or 1-16
n Default: default (none)
Parameter Description
send-updates {off Controls if RIP packets are sent through the interface.
| on} If you do not enable this option, the interface becomes a
passive RIP listener.
Range: off, or on
Default: on
The greater the network, the more time it would take RIP to synchronize its database and
install routes again.
Note - Gaia also provides support for BGP, OSPF, and PIM, to advertise the VRRP
Virtual IP address. You must use VRRP Monitored Circuit mode when configuring
Virtual IP support for any dynamic routing protocol, including RIP.
Monitoring RIP
Monitoring RIP in Gaia Portal
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > RIP.
2. In the top right corner, click Monitoring.
3. In the RIP Monitor section, click on the Information category.
Note - The page is static. To see the latest values, click Reload.
show rip[Esc][Esc]
Troubleshooting RIP
See "Trace Options" on page 672.
RIPng
RIPng is an extension of RIP developed for support of IPv6.
In an international network, such as the Internet, it is very unlikely that a single routing protocol
will used for the entire network.
Rather, the network will be organized as a collection of Autonomous Systems (AS), each of
which will, in general, be administered by a single entity.
Each AS will have its own routing technology, which may differ among ASs.
The routing protocol used within an AS is referred to as an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP).
A separate protocol, called an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP), is used to transfer routing
information among the ASs.
RIPng was designed to work as an IGP in moderate-size ASs. It is not intended for use in more
complex environments.
RIPng is intended to allow routers to exchange information for computing routes through an
IPv6-based network.
RIPng is one of a class of algorithms known as Distance Vector algorithms.
For more information, see RFC 2080.
1. From the left navigation tree, click the Advanced Routing > RIPng.
2. Optional: In the RIPng Global Settings section, configure the applicable settings and
click Apply Global Settings.
Description
Parameter Description
The RIPng metric to add to routes that are sent with the specified interface(s).
This is used to make other routers prefer other sources of RIPng routes over this
router.
A higher metric means routes appear more expensive.
Setting the metric to 0 or default removes the stored value.
n Range: None, or 1-16
n Default: None (to configure the default value, delete the current value 1-
16)
Note - You must use VRRP Monitored Circuit mode, when you
configure VRRP to work with Virtual IP addresses, and when you
configure Virtual IP support for a dynamic routing protocol, including
RIP.
e. Click Save.
n To see the available "set" commands for IPv6 RIPng, enter in Gaia Clish:
n To see the available "show" commands for IPv6 RIPng, enter in Gaia Clish:
Syntax
Parameters
The mandatory parameters are marked Mandatory. All other parameters are optional.
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
metric {<0-16> | The RIPng metric to add to routes that are sent with the
default} specified interface(s).
This is used to make other routers prefer other sources of
RIPng routes over this router.
A higher metric means routes appear more expensive.
Setting the metric to 0 or default removes the stored value.
n Range: default, or 1-16
n Default: default (none)
Parameter Description
Monitoring RIPng
Monitoring RIPng in Gaia Portal
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > RIP.
2. In the top right corner, click Monitoring.
3. In the RIPng Monitor section, click on the Information category.
Note - The page is static. To see the latest values, click Reload.
Troubleshooting RIPng
See "Trace Options" on page 672.
IP Reachability Detection
The IP Reachability Detection feature uses the Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD)
protocol or the ICMP ping to detect whether remote IP addresses are reachable.
Best Practice - Do not use the IP Reachability Detection feature in combination with
the Graceful Restart feature in dynamic routing protocols, unless the routing protocols
support the BFD "c-Bit".
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > IP Reachability Detection.
2. In the Global Settings section, configure the applicable settings and click Apply.
Description
The Detect Multiplier, Minimum RX Interval and Minimum TX Interval settings, from
both sides, set the detection time (timeout) that BFD uses.
The Detect Multiplier and the Minimum Interval, multiplied together, make the timeout.
Best Practices:
n The calculated timeout should be at least 1 second, preferably 3
seconds (or more) for reliability. For more details, see RFC 5880.
n On Cluster Members, make sure the calculated timeout is longer than
These setting are global for all BFD sessions on a Security Gateway or VSX Virtual
System.
Parameters
Parameter Description
BFD Detect Configures the BFD detect multiplier that the system advertises.
Multiplier It determines the remote system timeout.
Smaller values produce quicker detection.
greater values produce better reliability.
If the remote peer's Detect Multiplier is 1, the detection time on a
Gaia gateway increases by 12.5% above the RFC 5880
specification, to improve reliability.
Range: 1-100
Default: 10
Recommended: At least 3
Ping Count This feature detects whether various remote IP addresses are
reachable using ICMP ping.
Specifies the number of missed packets (no ICMP Echo Reply) to
be tolerated in a row before the address is considered "not
reachable."
Range: 1-100
Default: 3
Parameter Description
Ping Interval This feature detects whether various remote IP addresses are
reachable using ICMP ping.
Specifies the interval between ICMP Echo Request packets that
are sent.
Range: 50-1000 seconds
Default: 3 seconds
Requires that the remote address be exactly one hop away (see RFC 5881).
BFD Singlehop Control packets use the UDP destination port 3784.
BFD Singlehop Control packets use the UDP source ports from 49152 to 65535.
Multihop BFD
Allows the remote address to be any number of hops away - even zero, although
this is seldom useful (see RFC 5883).
To support this extra versatility, with multihop BFD you must specify the Local
Address of this Gaia.
Multihop BFD only works if the remote and local IP addresses on the peers are
configured correctly:
n On Peer #1:
l The session IP address (remote IP address) is the local IP address
configured on Peer #2
l The session local IP address is the local IP address configured on
Peer #1
n On Peer #2:
l The session IP address (remote IP address) is the local IP address
configured on Peer #1
l The session local IP address is the local IP address configured on
Peer #2
BFD Multihop Control packets use the UDP destination port 4784.
Ping
Note - BFD only works if both ends are configured to perform the same
BFD type - on both ends perform singlehop, on both ends perform
multihop, or on both ends perform ping.
e. Click Save.
4. In the BFD Authentication section, configure the applicable authentication settings.
Description
Note - You can delete the configured BFD Authentication settings, including
keys and authentication type. In this case, if a greater, overlapping range is
configured for authentication, that range's settings are used.
Procedure
a. Click Add.
b. In the Address Family field, select either IPv4 or IPv6.
c. Configure whether BFD Authentication must apply to all IP addresses.
For IPv6
In the IPv6 Address / Mask Length field, enter the applicable IPv6 address
and the Mask Length.
If the Mask Length is not specified explicitly, it defaults to the maximum of 128.
Examples:
n ::/0 - All IPv6 addresses (including link-local)
n fe80::/10 - All link-local addresses (requires interface)
No authentication is used.
If you switch from another authentication type to this type, all keys are
removed and authentication is disabled for this range of peer addresses (even
if a greater, overlapping range is configured for authentication).
These authentication types use a SHA1 hash calculated over the outgoing
BFD Control packet.
This number uniquely identifies the key, if more than one key is used.
BFD supports the use of multiple keys (up to ten).
Make sure that the Configures of keys (Key IDs and Shared Secrets) are
identical to those on the remote peer.
Note - Gaia transmits only the Key with the lowest Key ID
number. Gaia accepts packets with any key.
iv. In the Secret (or Hex Secret) field, enter the shared secret.
Description
null bytes.
v. Click OK.
g. Click Save.
Best Practice - Do not use the IP Reachability Detection feature in combination with
the Graceful Restart feature in dynamic routing protocols, unless the routing protocols
support the BFD "c-Bit".
n To see the available "set" commands for IP Reachability Detection, enter in Gaia Clish:
set ip-reachability-detection[Esc][Esc]
n To see the available "show" commands for IP Reachability Detection, enter in Gaia
Clish:
show ip-reachability-detection[Esc][Esc]
Syntax
set ip-reachability-detection
bfd
address <IP Address>
authtype delete
authtype none
authtype {md5 | meticulous-md5 | sha1 | meticulous-
sha1} key <0-255>
hex-secret "<Hex Password>"
off
secret "<Password>"
enable-bfd multihop local-address <IPv4 Address>
enable-bfd off
enable-bfd on
detect-multiplier {<1-100> | default}
min-rx-interval {<50-1000> | default}
min-tx-interval {<50-1000> | default}
ping
address <IPv4 Address> enable-ping {off | on}
count {<1-100> | default}
interval {<1-100> | default}
Parameters
Parameter Description
For IPv6
Specify the applicable IPv6 address and optionally the
Mask Length.
If the Mask Length is not specified explicitly, it defaults
to the maximum of 128.
Examples:
n ::/0 - All IPv6 addresses (including link-local)
n fe80::/10 - All link-local addresses (requires
interface)
Parameter Description
bfd address <IP Configures the BFD Authentication type and key.
Address> authtype {md5
| meticulous-md5 | sha1 BFD Authentication
| meticulous-sha1} key BFD can be authenticated on a given address range,
<0-255> with specified Authentication Type, Key ID, and
Shared Secret.
BFD authentication is disabled by default.
If BFD authentication is already enabled on the
address range, you can add another Key (up to ten)
with a unique Key ID, or replace the configured Key.
For BFD authentication to work properly, you must
configure the local and remote BFD peers to:
n Both have authentication enabled.
n Have the same authentication type setting.
n Have the exact same set of Keys, with
matching Key IDs and Shared Secrets.
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
bfd address <IP Specifies the shared secret, in which each ASCII
Address> authtype character represents one byte.
<Type> key <0-255>
secret "<Password>" Best Practice - Use this option.
Parameter Description
bfd detect-multiplier Configures the BFD detect multiplier that the system
{<1-100> | default} advertises.
It determines the remote system timeout.
Smaller values produce quicker detection.
greater values produce better reliability.
If the remote peer's Detect Multiplier is 1, the detection
time on a Gaia gateway increases by 12.5% above the
RFC 5880 specification, to improve reliability.
This setting is global for all BFD sessions on a
Security Gateway or VSX Virtual System.
Range: 1-100
Default: 10
Recommended: At least 3
Parameter Description
Note - The page is static. To see the latest values, click Reload.
show ip-reachability-detection[Esc][Esc]
Downtime: 0 days 0 hrs 2 mins 21 secs How long in current status (uptime or
downtime)?
Advertised Min RX: 300 ms TX: 1000 ms Intervals advertised by us and the
Received Min RX: 0 ms TX: 300 ms Multiplier: 10 peer; detect multiplier advertised by
the peer (as in RFC 5880).
Rx Count: 223 last: 144728 ms ago BFD packets received for this
session: total count and time since the
last accepted packet.
for authentication:
Tx Count: 226 (0 failed) last: 393 ms ago Count of BFD packets sent out of the
BFD module in this session, and when
was the last packet sent.
If the Firewall drops a packet, it is
counted here as transmitted and not
as failed.
UDP Source Port: 61244 The UDP source port, from which
BFD packets are sent by this host to
this peer.
IPsec Routing
Use IPsec Routing to configure static IPsec Security Associations (SA) in conjunction with
dynamic routing protocols.
When you configure a static SA in conjunction with a dynamic routing protocol, Gaia
encapsulates the routing protocol header in the packet of the configured IPsec protocols.
Benefits of IPsec Routing:
n Data integrity protection
n Data source authentication
n Data confidentiality
R82.10 supports IPsec Routing for:
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > IPsec Routing.
2. In the Security Associations section, click Add.
3. Configure the applicable settings:
a. In the SPI field, enter or select a number between 256 and 4294967295.
b. In the Integrity Algorithm field, select the applicable algorithm and enter the
applicable hash key.
4. Click Save.
5. Use this SA in the OSPFv3 interface settings:
a. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > IPv6 OSPF.
b. In the Interfaces section, add or edit an interface.
c. In the Security field, select IPsec.
d. In the Security Association field, select the applicable SA.
e. Click Save.
See "Configuring IPv6 OSPFv3 Interfaces in Gaia Portal" on page 348.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > IPsec Routing.
2. In the Security Associations section, select the applicable SA.
3. Click Edit.
4. Configure the applicable settings.
5. Click Save.
n To see the available "set" commands for IPsec Routing, enter in Gaia Clish:
set ipsec-routing[Esc][Esc]
n To see the available "show" commands for IPsec Routing, enter in Gaia Clish:
show ipsec-routing[Esc][Esc]
After you configure IPsec Routing, use the applicable SA in the OSPFv3 interface settings.
See "Configuring IPv6 OSPFv3 Interfaces in Gaia Clish" on page 362.
Syntax
set ipsec-routing
spi <SPI> ah algorithm {md5 | sha1 | sha256 | sha384 |
sha512} key <Key>
off
Parameters
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
Note - The page is static. To see the latest values, click Reload.
OSPF
Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) is an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) used to exchange
routing information between routers within a single autonomous system (AS).
OSPF calculates the best path based on true costs using a metric assigned by a network
administrator.
RIP, the oldest IGP protocol chooses the least-cost path based on hop count.
OSPF is more efficient than RIP, has a quicker convergence, and provides equal-cost
multipath routing where packets to a single destination can be sent using more than one
interface.
OSPF is suitable for complex networks with a large number of routers. It can coexist with RIP
on a network.
You can run OSPF over a route-based VPN by enabling OSPF on a virtual tunnel interface
(VTI).
Gaia supports OSPFv2, which supports IPv4 addressing, and OSPFv3, which supports IPv6
addressing.
To learn about OSPFv3, see "IPv6 OSPF" on page 335.
Best Practice - Configure the Router ID explicitly, rather than relying on the default
setting. Setting the Router ID prevents the ID from changing if the default interface
used for the router ID goes down.
On a Security Gateway, use an address on a loopback interface that is not the
loopback address [Link] (configure an additional Loopback interface and
assign an IP address to it from the 128.0.0.x / 24 subnet - see the R82.10 Gaia
Administration Guide).
Important:
n Do not use the IP address [Link] as the Router ID.
n In a Cluster, you must configure the Router ID and you must configure its value
to one of the Cluster Virtual IP addresses.
In a Cluster, you must configure all the Cluster Members in the same way.
You can configure IPv4 OSPFv2 Router ID in Gaia Portal or Gaia Clish.
Configuring IPv4 OSPFv2 Router ID in Gaia Portal
Parameters
Parameter Description
show router-id
Parameters
Parameter Description
Procedure
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > OSPF.
2. Configure the Router ID.
See "Configuring IPv4 OSPFv2 Router ID" on page 269.
3. Optional: Configure additional OSPF Areas (in addition to the backbone area).
5. Optional: For each OSPF Area, you can add one or more IPv4 address ranges, if you
want to reduce the number of routing entries that the OSPF Area advertises into the
OSPF backbone.
Note - To prevent an address range from being advertised into the backbone,
select the option Restrict for the address range
backbone area.
See "Configuring IPv4 OSPFv2 Virtual Links in Gaia Portal" on page 292.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > OSPF.
2. In the Global Options section, click Edit Global Options.
3. Configure the applicable settings.
Description
Parameter Description
SPF Delay Configures the time to wait before recalculating the OSPF
routing table after a change in the topology.
Range: 1-60 seconds
Default: 2 seconds
SPF Hold Time Configures the minimum time between recalculations of the
OSPF routing table.
Range: 1-60 seconds
Default: 5 seconds
Default ASE Configures a default cost to use when routes from other
Route Cost protocols are redistributed into OSPF as Autonomous System
External (ASE) routes.
This default is ignored for any redistributed routes, which
already have a cost.
If the route has a cost already specified, that cost takes
precedent.
Range: 1-6777215
Default: 1
Parameter Description
Default ASE Configures the default route type to use when routes from other
Route Type protocols are redistributed into OSPF as Autonomous System
External (ASE) routes.
This default is ignored for any redistributed routes, which
already have a type.
If the route has a type already specified, that type takes
precedent.
A type 1 route is internal and its metric can be used directly by
OSPF for comparison.
A type 2 route is external and is assumed to have a greater cost
than any internal route.
Range: Type 1, or Type 2
Default: 1
Graceful Graceful Restart enables this router to act as a helper for other
Restart Helper routers when they undergo a graceful restart.
When a grace LSA is received from a neighbor, the neighbor is
kept in the forwarding path with full adjacency till either the
grace-period (advertised in the grace LSA) expires, or there is a
topology change.
The helper functionality is supported for both planned and
unplanned restarts.
Note - Graceful Restart is not compatible with VRRP
Preempt Mode. You must disable VRRP Preempt Mode
before you enable this option.
Range: Selected, or Cleared
Default: Cleared
Parameter Description
Force Hellos Enabling this feature sends out forced Hello packets at the
specified interval when the Dynamic Routing Daemon is busy
processing updates or synching data to standby nodes.
These extra Hello packets are in addition to the typical hello
packets in OSPF.
This feature is required to maintain neighbor adjacencies when
processing large number of updates.
n To disable, clear this option.
n To enable, select this option and configure the Force
4. Click Save.
Important - In a Cluster, you must configure all the Cluster Members in the same way.
For description of OSPFv2 Areas, see "IPv4 OSPF Types of Areas" on page 330.
An IPv4 address range is defined by a prefix and a mask length in CIDR notation
format (for example, [Link]/[Link]).
An area can be configured with any number of address ranges.
These ranges are used to reduce the number of routing entries that an area will emit
into the backbone area (and hence all areas).
If a given prefix aggregates a number of more specific prefixes within an area, then an
address range can be configured and will be the only prefix advertised into the
backbone.
Important - Pay attention when you configure an address range that includes
addresses, which are not contained within the area. If a range is marked as
restricted, then no advertisement is injected into the backbone.
Instructions
a. Click Add.
b. In the IPv4 address field, enter the IPv4 address range prefix (for example,
[Link]).
c. In the Subnet mask field, enter the IPv4 subnet mask (for example,
[Link]).
d. Optional: Select the Restrict option to blocks the given address range from
being advertised into the backbone area. Otherwise, the given address range is
advertised.
Range: Selected, or Cleared
Default: Cleared
e. Click OK.
A network address is defined by a prefix and a mask length in CIDR notation format
(for example, [Link]/[Link]).
OSPF can advertise routes of networks, which are not running OSPF by using a stub
network.
The advertised routes appear as OSPF internal routes, and can be filtered for export
at area borders using OSPF area ranges.
Any advertised network prefix must be directly connected to the router, where the stub
network is configured.
Meaning, one of the router's interface addresses must be within the network to be
included in the router LSA.
For OSPFv2, IPv4 Stub hosts may be configured by using a mask length of 32.
This feature also supports advertising a network that can be activated by the local
address of a point-to-point interface. To advertise reachability to such an network, you
must configure an IP address for the network along with a non-zero cost.
Instructions
a. Click Add.
b. In the IPv4 address field, enter the IPv4 address range prefix (for example,
[Link]).
c. In the Subnet mask field, enter the IPv4 subnet mask (for example,
[Link]).
d. Optional: In the Cost field, enter the cost associated with the stub network as
reached through this router.
The higher the cost, the less preferred the route.
Range: 1-65535
Default: 1
e. Click OK.
7. Click Save.
A Totally-Stubby Area does not have Type 4 or Type 5 LSAs. It has only a single Type
3 LSA, which describes a default route.
n When this option is cleared, the area is Totally-Stubby.
n When this option is selected, the area is Not Totally-Stubby.
Range: Selected, or Cleared
Default: Selected
7. In the Address Ranges section, add the applicable IPv4 address ranges to be
advertised into the backbone area.
Description
An IPv4 address range is defined by a prefix and a mask length in CIDR notation
format (for example, [Link]/[Link]).
An area can be configured with any number of address ranges.
These ranges are used to reduce the number of routing entries that an area will emit
into the backbone area (and hence all areas).
If a given prefix aggregates a number of more specific prefixes within an area, then an
address range can be configured and will be the only prefix advertised into the
backbone.
Important - Pay attention when you configure an address range that includes
addresses, which are not contained within the area. If a range is marked as
restricted, then no advertisement is injected into the backbone.
Instructions
a. Click Add.
b. In the IPv4 address field, enter the IPv4 address range prefix (for example,
[Link]).
c. In the Subnet mask field, enter the IPv4 subnet mask (for example,
[Link]).
d. Optional: Select the Restrict option to blocks the given address range from
being advertised into the backbone area. Otherwise, the given address range is
advertised.
Range: Selected, or Cleared
Default: Cleared
e. Click OK.
A network address is defined by a prefix and a mask length in CIDR notation format
(for example, [Link]/[Link]).
OSPF can advertise routes of networks, which are not running OSPF by using a stub
network.
The advertised routes appear as OSPF internal routes, and can be filtered for export
at area borders using OSPF area ranges.
Any advertised network prefix must be directly connected to the router, where the stub
network is configured.
Meaning, one of the router's interface addresses must be within the network to be
included in the router LSA.
For OSPFv2, IPv4 Stub hosts may be configured by using a mask length of 32.
This feature also supports advertising a network that can be activated by the local
address of a point-to-point interface. To advertise reachability to such an network, you
must configure an IP address for the network along with a non-zero cost.
Instructions
a. Click Add.
b. In the IPv4 address field, enter the IPv4 address range prefix (for example,
[Link]).
c. In the Subnet mask field, enter the IPv4 subnet mask (for example,
[Link]).
d. Optional: In the Cost field, enter the cost associated with the stub network as
reached through this router.
The higher the cost, the less preferred the route.
Range: 1-65535
Default: 1
e. Click OK.
9. Click Save.
This option controls whether or not this NSSA Border Router unconditionally
translates Type 7 LSAs into Type 5 LSAs.
n When the value Always is selected, this router translates LSAs regardless of the
translator state of other NSSA routers.
n When configured as Candidate, this router participates in the translator election
to determine if it performs such duties.
If the NSSA router is not an Area Border Router, this option does not have any effect.
Range: Always, or Candidate
Default: Candidate
This time controls how long this Type 7 LSA translator continues to perform its
translator duties once it determined that it is no longer the elected translator.
Range: 1-655335 seconds
Default: 40 seconds
7. Select the Import Summary Routes option to import routes from Summary LSAs (Type 3
LSAs) into this area.
Description
OSPF routers send packets called Link State Advertisements (LSAs) to all adjacent
routers in an area.
Areas are smaller groups within the Autonomous System that can be defined in order
to limit the flooding of LSAs.
Many LSA types do not leave the area, from which they originated.
This increases efficiency and saves network bandwidth.
Type 3 LSAs are originated by Area Border Routers (ABRs) and are flooded to
adjacent routers in a given area.
Each Type 3 LSA describes a route to a network which is external to the area but is
internal to the local Autonomous System.
Range: Selected, or Cleared
Default: Selected
8. In the Default Route Type field, select the default route type.
Description
n A Type 1 route is internal and its metric can be used directly by OSPF for
comparison.
n A Type 2 route is external and is assumed to have a greater cost than any
internal route.
9. In the Cost for Default Route field, enter the routing cost associated with the default
route for this area.
Description
10. The Redistribution option controls which LSA types are originated by this router.
Description
When this option is selected, this router generates both Type 5 LSAs and Type 7
LSAs.
When this option is cleared, this router generates only Type 5 LSAs.
Range: Selected, or Cleared
Default: Selected
11. In the Type 7 Address Ranges section, add the applicable IPv4 address ranges to be
advertised into the backbone area.
Description
An IPv4 address range is defined by a prefix and a mask length in CIDR notation
format (for example, [Link]/[Link]).
An area can be configured with any number of address ranges.
These ranges are used to reduce the number of routing entries that an area will emit
into the backbone area (and hence all areas).
If a given prefix aggregates a number of more specific prefixes within an area, then an
address range can be configured and will be the only prefix advertised into the
backbone.
Important - Pay attention when you configure an address range that includes
addresses, which are not contained within the area. If a range is marked as
restricted, then no advertisement is injected into the backbone.
Instructions
a. Click Add.
b. In the IPv4 address field, enter the IPv4 address range prefix (for example,
[Link]).
c. In the Subnet mask field, enter the IPv4 subnet mask (for example,
[Link]).
d. Optional: Select the Restrict option to blocks the given address range from
being advertised into the backbone area. Otherwise, the given address range is
advertised.
Range: Selected, or Cleared
Default: Cleared
e. Click OK.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > OSPF.
2. In the Interfaces section, click Add.
3. In the Interface field, select the applicable interface.
4. In the Area field, select the area to assign to this interface.
Important - For a given link, this value must be the same for all OSPF routers.
Configures the time after receipt of the last Hello packet, at which a neighbor is
declared dead.
Typically this is four times the Hello interval.
Important - For a given link, this value must be the same for all OSPF routers.
Description
Important - For a given link, this value must be the same for all OSPF routers.
Default: 5 seconds
8. In the Link Cost field, enter the cost of using the given interface for a route.
Description
9. In the Election Priority field, enter the priority used in the Designated Router (DR)
election on the link.
Description
When two routers attempt to become the DR, the one with the higher priority is
elected.
However, if there is already an elected DR, then it continues as the DR regardless of
priority.
This prevents frequent changes in the DR state.
The priority is only applicable to shared-media like Ethernet.
A DR is not elected on point-to-point interfaces.
A router with priority 0 is not eligible to become the DR.
Range: 0-255
Default: 1
10. The Passive option controls the passive mode for this interface.
Description
When passive mode is enabled, the OSPF interface does not send Hello packets.
This means that the link does not form any adjacencies.
Passive mode enables the network associated with the interface to be included in the
intra-area route calculation rather than redistributing the network into OSPF and
having it as an Autonomous System External (ASE) route.
In passive mode, all interface configuration information, with the exception of the
associated area and the cost, is ignored.
Range: Selected, or Cleared
11. The Use Virtual Address option controls the VRRP mode for this interface.
Description
Important:
n Configure this option on VRRP Cluster Members when the given
When this option is enabled, OSPF uses the VRRP Virtual IP Address associated with
the VRRP interface instead of the physical IP address.
In addition, OSPF only runs when this router is the VRRP Master for the given
interface.
Range: Selected, or Cleared
Default: Cleared
12. The Subtract Authlen option controls whether to subtract the size of the authentication
information from the advertised interface MTU.
Description
Configure this option when peering over a Virtual Link with Gaia R76 or lower, or IPSO
4.x or lower (see "Configuring IPv4 OSPFv2 Virtual Links in Gaia Clish" on page 318).
These older routing daemons automatically subtract the size of the authentication
information from the advertised interface MTU, which leads to an MTU mismatch with
newer versions.
Range: Selected, or Cleared
Default: Cleared
13. The IP Reachability Detection option controls BFD (Bidirectional Forwarding Detection)
for each neighbor, from which it hears on this interface.
Description
Directs OSPF to start BFD (Bidirectional Forwarding Detection) for each neighbor,
from which it hears on this interface.
The BFD session is started only after OSPF transitions to 'Full' state with the neighbor.
Once the BFD session is up, OSPF responds to changes in BFD state.
If a neighbor does not have BFD configured or it does not respond to BFD control
packets, it does not impact OSPF operation. OSPF can operate with both BFD and
non-BFD neighbors on the same interface.
Before you enable this option, see "IP Reachability Detection" on page 243.
n Make sure the Firewall policy allows traffic to the UDP port 3784 in both
directions.
n Make sure the SmartConsole topology is correct (issues with incorrect Firewall
topology can cause anti-spoofing to interfere with BFD traffic).
Range: Selected, or Cleared
Default: Selected
Important - Both OSPF sides must agree on these settings for the OSPF
authentication to work, and to form OSPF adjacencies.
Instructions
Mode Description
Mode Description
configured keys.
The available algorithms are listed in the decreasing
order of their cryptographic strength:
n hmac-sha-512 - Provides a cryptographic SHA-512
b. Click Save.
Description
The virtual link is effectively a tunnel across an adjacent non-backbone area, whose endpoint
must be any of the adjacent area's border routers that has an interface in the backbone area.
You must configure a virtual link for any area that does not connect directly to the backbone
area.
You configure the virtual link on both the ABR for the discontiguous area and another ABR that
does connect to the backbone.
The virtual link acts like a point-to-point link.
The routing protocol traffic that flows along the virtual link uses intra-area routing only.
If the router is an Area Border Router with no interfaces in the backbone area, a Virtual Link
must be configured to connect it to the backbone.
This link is effectively a tunnel across an adjacent Transit Area.
The other endpoint of the Virtual Link must be an OSPF router which has an interface
connected to the backbone, and which also has an interface connected to the Transit Area.
Procedure
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > OSPF.
2. In the Areas section, configure an OSPFv2 area to use as a Transit Area for this virtual
link.
Description
A Transit Area is the area shared between the two endpoint routers of the Virtual Link.
LSAs are sent to/from the backbone via this Transit Area.
3. In the Interfaces section, assign the applicable Transit Area to the applicable interface.
4. In the Virtual Links section, click Add.
5. In the Remote Router ID field, enter the Router ID of the other endpoint for this Virtual
Link (for example:[Link]).
6. In the Transit Area field, select the applicable area.
7. In the Hello Interval field, enter the time.
Description
Important - For a given link, this value must be the same for all OSPF routers.
Configures the time after receipt of the last Hello packet, at which a neighbor is
declared dead.
Typically this is four times the Hello interval.
Important - For a given link, this value must be the same for all OSPF routers.
Important - For a given link, this value must be the same for all OSPF routers.
Description
Important - Both OSPF sides must agree on these settings for the OSPF
authentication to work, and to form OSPF adjacencies.
Instructions
Mode Description
Mode Description
configured keys.
The available algorithms are listed in the decreasing
order of their cryptographic strength:
n hmac-sha-512 - Provides a cryptographic SHA-512
b. Click Save.
set ospf[Esc][Esc]
n To see the available "show" commands for IPv4 OSPFv2, enter in Gaia Clish:
show ospf[Esc][Esc]
n To see the available "restart" commands for IPv4 OSPFv2, enter in Gaia Clish:
restart ospf[Esc][Esc]
Procedure
1. Connect to the command line.
2. Log in to Gaia Clish.
3. Configure the Router ID.
See "Configuring IPv4 OSPFv2 Router ID" on page 269.
4. Optional: Configure additional OSPF Areas (in addition to the backbone area).
See "Configuring IPv4 OSPFv2 Areas in Gaia Clish" on page 304.
5. Configure the Global Options.
See "Configuring IPv4 OSPFv2 Global Options in Gaia Clish" on page 300.
6. Optional: For each OSPF Area, you can add one or more IPv4 address ranges, if you
want to reduce the number of routing entries that the OSPF Area advertises into the
OSPF backbone.
Note - To prevent an address range from being advertised into the backbone,
select the option Restrict for the address range
See "Configuring IPv4 OSPFv2 Virtual Links in Gaia Clish" on page 318.
10. Save the configuration:
save config
Global settings apply to all configured OSPF areas, including the backbone and stub areas.
Syntax
Parameters
Parameter Description
instance {<1- Disables (off) or enables (on) the specified OSPF Instance.
65535> | default}
{off | on}
Parameter Description
default-ase-type Configures the default route type to use when routes from
{1 | 2} other protocols are redistributed into OSPF as Autonomous
System External (ASE) routes.
This default is ignored for any redistributed routes, which
already have a type.
If the route has a type already specified, that type takes
precedent.
A type 1 route is internal and its metric can be used directly
by OSPF for comparison.
A type 2 route is external and is assumed to have a greater
cost than any internal route.
Range: 1, or 2
Default: 1
force-hellos Enabling this feature sends out forced Hello packets at the
{<options>} specified interval when the Dynamic Routing Daemon is busy
processing updates or synching data to standby nodes.
These extra Hello packets are in addition to the typical hello
packets in OSPF.
This feature is required to maintain neighbor adjacencies
when processing large number of updates.
Range: off, on, or timer
Default: off
force-hellos timer Configures the time between one forced OSPF Hello
{<2-10> | default} message to the next.
Range: 2-10 seconds
Default: 5 seconds
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
spf-delay {<1-60> Configures the time to wait before recalculating the OSPF
| default} routing table after a change in the topology.
Range: 1-60 seconds
Default: 2 seconds
For description of OSPFv2 Areas, see "IPv4 OSPF Types of Areas" on page 330.
The configuration is applicable to OSPF Multiple Instances (see "Configuring IPv4 OSPFv2
Multiple Instances" on page 323).
Description
An OSPF area defines a group of routers, which run OSPF and have complete topology
information for the given area.
An OSPF area uses an Area Border Router (ABR) to exchange routing information with
other areas via the backbone area.
Routes for a given area are summarized into the backbone area.
The backbone area then redistributes this summary information to other areas.
By definition, an ABR has interfaces to more than one area.
One of those areas must be either the backbone or an OSPF Virtual Link to the backbone.
OSPF forces a hub and spoke area topology, with the backbone area always being the hub.
Syntax
Parameters
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
nssa default- Configures the routing cost associated with the default route for
cost {<1- this area.
16777215> | The higher the cost, the less preferred the route.
default} Range: 1-16777215, or default
Default: 1
nssa default- Configures the default route type for the Not-So-Stubby Area
metric-type {1 | (NSSA).
2}
n A type 1 route is internal and its metric can be used
directly by OSPF for comparison.
n A type 2 route is external and is assumed to have a
greater cost than any internal route.
Range: 1, or 2
Default: 1
nssa import- Disables (off) or enables (on) the import of routes from
summary-routes Summary LSAs (Type 3 LSAs) into this area.
{off | on} OSPF routers send packets called Link State Advertisements
(LSAs) to all adjacent routers in an area.
Areas are smaller groups within the Autonomous System that
can be defined in order to limit the flooding of LSAs.
Many LSA types do not leave the area from which they
originated.
This increases efficiency and saves network bandwidth.
Type 3 LSAs are originated by Area Border Routers (ABRs)
and are flooded to adjacent routers in a given area.
Each Type 3 LSA describes a route to a network which is
external to the area but is internal to the local Autonomous
System.
Range: off, or on
Default: on
Parameter Description
nssa {off | on} Removes (off) or configures (on) the Not-So-Stubby option
for this area.
Range: off, or on
Default: none
nssa range <IPv4 Removes (off), adds (on), or restricts (restrict) the OSPF
Address>/<Mask address range in this area.
Length>
{off | on |
n off - Removes the given address range from the list of
restrict {off | ranges to be advertised into the backbone area.
on}}
n on - Configures the given address range to be advertised
into the backbone area.
n restrict - Blocks (off) or allows (on) the given
address range from being advertised into the backbone
area.
An IPv4 address range is defined by a prefix and a mask length
in CIDR notation format (for example, [Link]/24).
An area can be configured with any number of address ranges.
These ranges are used to reduce the number of routing entries
that an area will emit into the backbone area (and hence all
areas).
If a given prefix aggregates a number of more specific prefixes
within an area, then an address range can be configured and
will be the only prefix advertised into the backbone.
Important - Pay attention when you configure an address
range that includes addresses, which are not contained
within the area. If a range is marked as restricted, then no
advertisement is injected into the backbone.
Range: off, on, or restrict
Default: none
nssa Controls if both Type 5 LSAs and Type 7 LSAs (on), or only
redistribution Type 5 LSAs (off) are originated by this router.
{off | on} This is only relevant when the router is an NSSA Border
Router.
Range: off, or on
Default: on
Parameter Description
nssa translator- Configures the translation of Type 7 LSAs into Type 5 LSAs.
role {always | Specifies whether or not this NSSA Border Router
candidate} unconditionally translates Type 7 LSAs into Type 5 LSAs.
n When configured as "always", this router translates
LSAs regardless of the translator state of other NSSA
routers.
n When configured as "candidate", this router
participates in the translator election to determine if it
performs such duties.
If the NSSA router is not an Area Border Router, this option
does not have any effect.
Range: always, or candidate
Default: candidate
set ospf Removes (off) or creates (on) the area and all related
[instance {<1- configuration.
65535> |
default}]
area <OSPF Area>
{off | on}
Parameter Description
range <IPv4 Removes (off), adds (on), or restricts (restrict) the OSPF
Address>/<Mask address range in this area.
Length> {off |
on | restrict
n off - Removes the given address range from the list of
{off | on}} ranges to be advertised into the backbone area.
n on - Configures the given address range to be advertised
into the backbone area.
n restrict - Blocks (off) or allows (on) the given
address range from being advertised into the backbone
area.
Range: off, on, or restrict
Default: none
stub default- Configures the routing cost associated with the default route for
cost {<1- this area.
16777215> | The higher the cost, the less preferred the route.
default} Range: 1-16777215, or default
Default: 1
stub {off | on} Disables (off) or enables (on) this stub area:
n off - Reconfigures the given area to not be a Stub Area.
n on - Configures the given area to be a Stub Area.
Range: off, or on
Default: off
Parameter Description
stub summary Disables (off) or enables (on) reception of summary LSAs into
{off | on} the area.
A Totally-Stubby Area does not have Type 4 or Type 5 LSAs.
It has only a single Type 3 LSA, which describes a default
route.
n When this option is disabled, the area is Totally-Stubby.
n When this option is enabled, the area is Not Totally-
Stubby.
Range: off, or on
Default: on
Parameter Description
The configuration is applicable to OSPF Multiple Instances (see "Configuring IPv4 OSPFv2
Multiple Instances" on page 323).
Syntax
Parameters
Parameter Description
area <OSPF Area ID> Disables (off) or enables (on) this OSPF area on the
{off | on} interface.
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
cost {<1-65535> | Configures the cost of using the given interface for a
default} route.
The higher the cost, the less preferred the interface.
This is overridden by routing policy - Route Redistribution
Rules and Route Maps.
Range: 1-65535, or default
Default: 1
dead-interval {<1- Configures the time after receipt of the last Hello packet,
65535> | default} at which a neighbor is declared dead.
Typically this is four times the Hello interval.
Important - For a given link, this value must be the
same for all OSPF routers.
Range: 1-65535 seconds, or default
Default: 40 seconds for broadcast networks, 120 seconds
for point-to-point networks
Parameter Description
hello-interval {<1- Configures the delay time between Hello packets on this
65535> | default} interface.
The OSPF Hello Protocol is responsible for establishing
and maintaining adjacencies (i.e. connections) between
neighboring OSPF routers.
For broadcast networks, the Hello is also used to
dynamically discover neighbors.
Important - For a given link, this value must be the
same for all OSPF routers.
Range: 1-65535 seconds, or default
Default: 10 seconds for broadcast networks, 30 seconds
for point-to-point networks
Parameter Description
passive {off | on} Disables (off) or enables (on) passive mode for this
interface.
When passive mode is enabled, the OSPF interface does
not send Hello packets.
This means that the link does not form any adjacencies.
Passive mode enables the network associated with the
interface to be included in the intra-area route calculation
rather than redistributing the network into OSPF and
having it as an Autonomous System External (ASE) route.
In passive mode, all interface configuration information,
with the exception of the associated area and the cost, is
ignored.
Range: off, or on
Default: off (The interface sends Hello packets)
Parameter Description
virtual-address {off Disables (off) or enables (on) VRRP mode for this
| on} interface.
Important:
n Configure this option on VRRP Cluster
Members when the given interface is
configured as a VRRP interface.
n Do not configure this option on ClusterXL
Cluster Members.
Description
The virtual link is effectively a tunnel across an adjacent non-backbone area, whose
endpoint must be any of the adjacent area's border routers that has an interface in the
backbone area.
You must configure a virtual link for any area that does not connect directly to the backbone
area.
You configure the virtual link on both the ABR for the discontiguous area and another ABR
that does connect to the backbone.
The virtual link acts like a point-to-point link.
The routing protocol traffic that flows along the virtual link uses intra-area routing only.
The configuration is applicable to OSPF Multiple Instances (see "Configuring IPv4 OSPFv2
Multiple Instances" on page 323).
Syntax
Parameters
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
set ospf instance {<1- Configures the virtual link and the transit area.
65535> | default} area If the router is an Area Border Router with no
backbone virtual-link interfaces in the backbone area, a Virtual Link
<Router ID> transit-area must be configured to connect it to the
<Area ID> backbone.
This link is effectively a tunnel across an
adjacent Transit Area.
The other endpoint of the Virtual Link must be
an OSPF router which has an interface
connected to the backbone, and which also has
an interface connected to the Transit Area.
A Transit Area is the area shared between the
two endpoint routers of the Virtual Link. LSAs
are sent to/from the backbone via this Transit
Area.
n <Router ID>
The Router ID of the other endpoint for this
Virtual Link (for example:[Link])
n <Area ID>
The Transit Area, which connects this
router to the other endpoint of the Virtual
Link.
Important - You must configure this area
before you configure its settings. Use the
"set ospf area" command.
Supported formats:
l An integer between 1 and
4294967295
l Dotted quad form (for example,
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
virtual-link <Router ID> Configures the time after receipt of the last Hello
transit-area <Area ID> packet, at which a neighbor is declared dead.
dead-interval {<1-65535> | Typically this is four times the Hello interval.
default} All routers on an interface must have the same
dead interval.
Range: 1-65535 seconds, or default
Default: 40 seconds for broadcast networks,
120 seconds for point-to-point networks
Parameter Description
Introduction 323
Adding a New IPv4 OSPFv2 Instance 324
Deleting an Existing IPv4 OSPFv2 Instance 325
Restarting an IPv4 OSPFv2 Instance 326
Resetting IPv4 OSPFv2 Counters 327
Introduction
Multiple OSPF Instances let you separate OSPF into multiple OSPF domains.
Each instance contains a fully independent OSPF database, and routes from one domain are
not automatically advertised to another domain.
You can manually configure route maps to filter and redistribute routes from one domain into
another domain.
The redistributed routes show as OSPF external routes in the routing table of the other
domain.
If two different OSPF instances try to install the same route with equal cost, the route with the
lower next hop IP address is preferred.
If the routes have different costs, the route with the lower cost is selected.
Separate OSPF Instances do not share link state with one another, and will not pass routes
among themselves unless explicitly configured to do so using either Route Redistribution or
Routemaps.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > OSPF.
2. In the Instances section, click Add OSPF Instance.
3. In the Instance Number field, enter the Instance number from 1 to 65535.
4. Click OK.
save config
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > OSPF.
2. In the Instances section:
a. Select the instance.
b. Click Delete OSPF Instance.
c. Click OK to confirm.
save config
l Traffic outage
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > OSPF.
2. In the Instances section:
a. Select the OSPF Instance.
b. Click Restart OSPF Instance.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > OSPF.
2. In the Instances section:
a. Select the OSPF Instance.
b. Click Reset Counters.
3. In the Reset Counters window:
Parameters
Parameter Description
Note - The page is static. To see the latest values, click Reload.
show ospf[Esc][Esc]
Stub Stub areas do not allow Type 5 LSAs to be propagated into or throughout
the area and instead depend on default routing for external destinations.
You can configure an area as a Stub Area to reduce the number of entries
in the routing table.
Routes external to the OSPF domain are not added to the routing table.
NSSA (Not NSSA is an OSPF Stub Area, which can carry routes learned by other
So Stubby protocols such as BGP or RIP.
Area) Allows the import of external routes in a limited fashion using Type-7 LSAs.
NSSA border routers translate selected Type 7 LSAs into Type 5 LSAs,
which can then be flooded to all Type-5 capable areas.
Best Practice - Configure an area as an NSSA, if you want to reduce
the size of the routing table, but still want to allow routes that are
redistributed to OSPF.
Best Practice - Limit OSPF areas to about 50 routers based on the limitations of
OSPF (traffic overhead, table size, convergence, and so on).
All OSPF areas must be connected to the backbone area. If you have an area that is not
connected to the backbone area, you can connect it by configuring a virtual link, enabling the
backbone area to appear contiguous despite the physical reality.
Note - If you need to connect two networks that both already have backbone areas
and you do not want to reconfigure one to something other than [Link], you can
connect the two backbone areas using a virtual link.
Each router records information about its interfaces when it initializes and builds an LSA
packet. The LSA contains a list of all recently seen routers and their costs. The LSA is
forwarded only within the area it originated in and is flooded to all other routers in the area. The
information is stored in the link-state database, which is identical on all routers in the AS.
All routers on a link must agree on the configuration parameters of the link. All routers in an
area must agree on the configuration parameters of the area. A separate copy of the SPF
algorithm is run for each area. Wrong configurations prevent adjacencies from forming
between neighbors, and routing black holes or loops can form.
Gaia also supports the OSPF protocol over VPN tunnels, which terminate in ClusterXL or
VRRP Cluster.
ClusterXL
Gaia ClusterXL advertises the Cluster Virtual IP address. The OSPF routes database of the
master is synchronized across all members of the cluster.
The OSPF task of each Cluster Member obtains routing state and information from the master
and installs the routes in the kernel as the master does.
During a cluster failover, RouteD daemon on one of the peer Cluster Members becomes the
new master and then continues where the old master failed.
During the time that the new master resynchronizes routes database with the neighbor routers,
traffic forwarding continues using the old kernel routes until OSPF routes are fully
synchronized and pushed into the kernel.
VRRP Cluster
Gaia supports advertising of the VRRP Virtual IP address instead of the actual interface IP
address.
If you enable this option, but do not enable OSPF Graceful Restart, OSPF runs only on the
VRRP Master.
During a cluster failover, a traffic break may occur, while the new VRRP Master becomes
active and learns the OSPF routes.
This happens because the OSPF route database exists only on the VRRP Master and is not
synchronized on all VRRP Cluster Members.
The larger the network, the larger the OSPF database and the more time it takes OSPF to
synchronize its database and install routes again.
To avoid traffic loss during failovers, you can configure OSPF Graceful Restart.
In this case, the VRRP Master synchronizes the route table with the VRRP Backup members.
If the VRRP Master fails, one of the VRRP Backup members takes on a role of the new VRRP
Master, sends grace-LSAs to the OSPF neighbors, and establishes adjacencies with them.
The new VRRP Master keeps the kernel routes that were installed before the failover until it
establishing full adjacency with the neighbors.
Note - You must use VRRP Monitored-Circuit, when configuring Virtual IP support for
OSPF or any other dynamic routing protocol.
IPv6 OSPF
Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) is a link-state routing protocol that calculates forwarding
tables in an IP-based network.
OSPF is the preferred Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) for Check Point.
OSPF supports IPv6. OSPF for IPv6 is also referred to as OSPF version 3 (OSPFv3). OSPFv3
is defined in RFC 5340 (which makes RFC 2740 obsolete).
OSPFv3 is supported by both ClusterXL and VRRP clusters.
The IPv6 address which appears in the source of OSPFv3 packets sent on the interface must
be a link-local address, that is, an FE80::/64 address.
A link-local address is automatically added to each interface when IPv6 is enabled on Gaia.
The address is unique per interface and has this format:
n Bytes 0-1: FE:80.
n Bytes 2-7: Zeros.
n Bytes 8-10: 00:1C:7F (Check Point OUI).
n Byte 11: Zeros.
n Bytes 12-15: IPv4 Cluster Virtual IP address
You can override the automatic Link-Local address with manual configuration. The addresses
are used for next hops, to advertise routes, and to send Hello messages. OSPFv3 advertises
the IPv6 addresses defined by the user, but OSPFv3exchanges routes which use the FE80
addresses. A /64 address is required by the OSPFv3 protocol. If the peer router does not use
an FE80::/64 address, OSPFv3 does not work.
Best Practice - Configure the Router ID explicitly, rather than relying on the default
setting. Configuring the Router ID prevents the ID from changing if the default
interface used for the router ID goes down.
On a Security Gateway, use an address on a loopback interface that is not the
loopback address [Link] (configure an additional Loopback interface and
assign an IP address to it from the 128.0.0.x / 24 subnet - see the R82.10 Gaia
Administration Guide).
Important:
n Do not use the IP address [Link] as the Router ID.
n In a Cluster, you must configure the Router ID and you must configure its value
to one of the Cluster Virtual IP addresses.
In a Cluster, you must configure all the Cluster Members in the same way.
You can configure the IPv6 OSPFv3 Router ID in Gaia Portal or Gaia Clish.
Configuring IPv6 OSPFv3 Router ID in Gaia Portal
Parameters
Parameter Description
show router-id
Parameters
Procedure
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > OSPF.
2. Configure the Router ID.
See "Configuring IPv6 OSPFv3 Router ID" on page 336.
3. Optional: Configure additional OSPF Areas (in addition to the backbone area).
5. Optional: For each OSPFv3 Area, you can add one or more IPv4 address ranges, if you
want to reduce the number of routing entries that the OSPFv3 Area advertises into the
OSPFv3 backbone.
Note - To prevent an address range from being advertised into the backbone,
select the option Restrict for the address range
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > IPv6 OSPF.
2. In the Global Options section, click Edit Global Options.
3. Configure the applicable settings.
Description
Parameter Description
SPF Delay Configures the time to wait before recalculating the OSPFv3
routing table after a change in the topology.
Range: 1-60 seconds
Default: 2 seconds
Default ASE Configures a default cost to use when routes from other protocols
Route Cost are redistributed into OSPFv3 as Autonomous System External
(ASE) routes.
This default is ignored for any redistributed routes, which already
have a cost.
If the route has a cost already specified, that cost takes precedent.
Range: 1-6777215
Default: 1
Default ASE Configures the default route type to use when routes from other
Route Type protocols are redistributed into OSPFv3 as Autonomous System
External (ASE) routes.
This default is ignored for any redistributed routes, which already
have a type.
If the route has a type already specified, that type takes precedent.
A type 1 route is internal and its metric can be used directly by
OSPFv3 for comparison.
A type 2 route is external and is assumed to have a greater cost
than any internal route.
Range: Type 1, or Type 2
Default: 1
Parameter Description
Graceful Graceful Restart enables this router to act as a helper for other
Restart routers when they undergo a graceful restart.
Helper When a grace LSA is received from a neighbor, the neighbor is
kept in the forwarding path with full adjacency till either the grace-
period (advertised in the grace LSA) expires, or there is a topology
change.
The helper functionality is supported for both planned and
unplanned restarts.
Note - Graceful Restart is not compatible with VRRP Preempt
Mode. You must disable VRRP Preempt Mode before you
enable this option.
Range: Selected, or Cleared
Default: Cleared
Parameter Description
Force Hellos Enabling this feature sends out forced Hello packets at the
specified interval when the Dynamic Routing Daemon is busy
processing updates or synching data to standby nodes.
These extra Hello packets are in addition to the typical hello
packets in OSPF.
This feature is required to maintain neighbor adjacencies when
processing large number of updates.
n To disable, clear this option.
n To enable, select this option and configure the Force Hellos
4. Click Save.
Important - In a Cluster, you must configure all the Cluster Members in the same way.
For description of OSPFv3 Areas, see "IPv6 OSPFv3 Types of Areas" on page 375.
An IPv6 address range is defined by a prefix and a mask length in CIDR notation
format (for example, FC00:1::0/64).
An area can be configured with any number of address ranges.
These ranges are used to reduce the number of routing entries that an area will emit
into the backbone area (and hence all areas).
If a given prefix aggregates a number of more specific prefixes within an area, then an
address range can be configured and will be the only prefix advertised into the
backbone.
Important - Pay attention when you configure an address range that includes
addresses, which are not contained within the area. If a range is marked as
restricted, then no advertisement is injected into the backbone.
Instructions
a. Click Add.
b. In the IPv6 address / Mask Length field, enter the IPv6 address range prefix (for
example, FC00:1::0) and the IPv6 mask length (for example, 64).
c. Optional: Select the Restrict option to blocks the given address range from
being advertised into the backbone area. Otherwise, the given address range is
advertised.
An IPv6 address range is defined by a prefix and a mask length in CIDR notation
format (for example, FC00:1::0/64).
OSPFv3 can advertise routes of networks, which are not running OSPFv3 by using a
stub network.
The advertised routes appear as OSPFv3 internal routes, and can be filtered for
export at area borders using OSPFv3 area ranges.
Any advertised network prefix must be directly connected to the router, where the stub
network is configured.
Meaning, one of the router's interface addresses must be within the network to be
included in the router LSA.
For OSPFv3, IPv6 Stub hosts may be configured by using a mask length of 128.
This feature also supports advertising a network that can be activated by the local
address of a point-to-point interface. To advertise reachability to such an network, you
must configure an IP address for the network along with a non-zero cost.
Instructions
a. Click Add.
b. In the IPv6 address / Mask Length field, enter the IPv6 address range prefix (for
example, FC00:1::0) and the IPv6 mask length (for example, 64).
c. Optional: In the Cost field, enter the cost associated with the stub network as
reached through this router.
The higher the cost, the less preferred the route.
Range: 1-65535
Default: 1
d. Click OK.
7. Click Save.
A Totally-Stubby Area does not have Type 4 or Type 5 LSAs. It has only a single Type
3 LSA, which describes a default route.
n When this option is cleared, the area is Totally-Stubby.
n When this option is selected, the area is Not Totally-Stubby.
Range: Selected, or Cleared
Default: Selected
7. In the Address Ranges section, add the applicable IPv4 address ranges to be
advertised into the backbone area.
Description
An IPv6 address range is defined by a prefix and a mask length in CIDR notation
format (for example, FC00:1::0/64).
An area can be configured with any number of address ranges.
These ranges are used to reduce the number of routing entries that an area will emit
into the backbone area (and hence all areas).
If a given prefix aggregates a number of more specific prefixes within an area, then an
address range can be configured and will be the only prefix advertised into the
backbone.
Important - Pay attention when you configure an address range that includes
addresses, which are not contained within the area. If a range is marked as
restricted, then no advertisement is injected into the backbone.
Instructions
a. Click Add.
b. In the IPv6 address / Mask Length field, enter the IPv6 address range prefix (for
example, FC00:1::0) and the IPv6 mask length (for example, 64).
c. Optional: Select the Restrict option to blocks the given address range from
being advertised into the backbone area. Otherwise, the given address range is
advertised.
Range: Selected, or Cleared
Default: Cleared
d. Click OK.
An IPv6 address range is defined by a prefix and a mask length in CIDR notation
format (for example, FC00:1::0/64).
OSPFv3 can advertise routes of networks, which are not running OSPFv3 by using a
stub network.
The advertised routes appear as OSPFv3 internal routes, and can be filtered for
export at area borders using OSPFv3 area ranges.
Any advertised network prefix must be directly connected to the router, where the stub
network is configured.
Meaning, one of the router's interface addresses must be within the network to be
included in the router LSA.
For OSPFv3, IPv6 Stub hosts may be configured by using a mask length of 128.
This feature also supports advertising a network that can be activated by the local
address of a point-to-point interface. To advertise reachability to such an network, you
must configure an IP address for the network along with a non-zero cost.
Instructions
a. Click Add.
b. In the IPv6 address / Mask Length field, enter the IPv6 address range prefix (for
example, FC00:1::0) and the IPv6 mask length (for example, 64).
c. Optional: In the Cost field, enter the cost associated with the stub network as
reached through this router.
The higher the cost, the less preferred the route.
Range: 1-65535
Default: 1
d. Click OK.
9. Click Save.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > IPv6 OSPF.
2. In the Interfaces section, click Add.
3. In the Interface field, select the applicable interface.
4. In the Area field, select the area to assign to this interface.
Important - For a given link, this value must be the same for all OSPFv3 routers.
Configures the time after receipt of the last Hello packet, at which a neighbor is
declared dead.
Typically this is four times the Hello interval.
Important - For a given link, this value must be the same for all OSPFv3 routers.
Description
Important - For a given link, this value must be the same for all OSPFv3 routers.
Default: 5 seconds
8. In the Link Cost field, enter the cost of using the given interface for a route.
Description
9. In the Election Priority field, enter the priority used in the Designated Router (DR)
election on the link.
Description
When two routers attempt to become the DR, the one with the higher priority is
elected.
However, if there is already an elected DR, then it continues as the DR regardless of
priority.
This prevents frequent changes in the DR state.
The priority is only applicable to shared-media like Ethernet.
A DR is not elected on point-to-point interfaces.
A router with priority 0 is not eligible to become the DR.
Range: 0-255
Default: 1
10. The Passive option controls the passive mode for this interface.
Description
When passive mode is enabled, the OSPFv3 interface does not send Hello packets.
This means that the link does not form any adjacencies.
Passive mode enables the network associated with the interface to be included in the
intra-area route calculation rather than redistributing the network into OSPFv3 and
having it as an Autonomous System External (ASE) route.
In passive mode, all interface configuration information, with the exception of the
associated area and the cost, is ignored.
Range: Selected, or Cleared
11. The Use Virtual Address option controls the VRRP mode for this interface.
Description
Important:
n Configure this option on VRRP Cluster Members when the given
When this option is enabled, OSPFv3 uses the VRRP Virtual IP Address associated
with the VRRP interface instead of the physical IP address.
In addition, OSPFv3 only runs when this router is the VRRP Master for the given
interface.
Range: Selected, or Cleared
Default: Cleared
12. The IP Reachability Detection option controls BFD (Bidirectional Forwarding Detection)
for each neighbor, from which it hears on this interface.
Description
Directs OSPFv3 to start BFD (Bidirectional Forwarding Detection) for each neighbor,
from which it hears on this interface.
The BFD session is started only after OSPFv3 transitions to 'Full' state with the
neighbor.
Once the BFD session is up, OSPFv3 responds to changes in BFD state.
If a neighbor does not have BFD configured or it does not respond to BFD control
packets, it does not impact OSPFv3 operation. OSPFv3 can operate with both BFD
and non-BFD neighbors on the same interface.
Before you enable this option, see "IP Reachability Detection" on page 243.
n Make sure the Firewall policy allows traffic to the UDP port 3784 in both
directions.
n Make sure the SmartConsole topology is correct (issues with incorrect Firewall
topology can cause anti-spoofing to interfere with BFD traffic).
Range: Selected, or Cleared
Default: Selected
n To see the available "show" commands for IPv6 OSPFv3, enter in Gaia Clish:
n To see the available "restart" commands for IPv6 OSPFv3, enter in Gaia Clish:
restart ospf3[Esc][Esc]
Procedure
1. Connect to the command line.
2. Log in to Gaia Clish.
3. Configure the Router ID.
See "Configuring IPv6 OSPFv3 Router ID" on page 336.
4. Optional: Configure additional OSPF Areas (in addition to the backbone area).
See "Configuring IPv6 OSPFv3 Areas in Gaia Clish" on page 357.
5. Configure the Global Options.
See "Configuring IPv6 OSPFv3 Global Options in Gaia Clish" on page 354.
6. Optional: For each OSPFv3 Area, you can add one or more IPv4 address ranges, if you
want to reduce the number of routing entries that the OSPFv3 Area advertises into the
OSPFv3 backbone.
Note - To prevent an address range from being advertised into the backbone,
select the option Restrict for the address range
save config
Global settings apply to all configured OSPFv3 areas, including the backbone and stub areas.
Syntax
Parameters
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
default-ase-type Configures the default route type to use when routes from
{1 | 2} other protocols are redistributed into OSPFv3 as
Autonomous System External (ASE) routes.
This default is ignored for any redistributed routes, which
already have a type.
If the route has a type already specified, that type takes
precedent.
A type 1 route is internal and its metric can be used directly
by OSPFv3 for comparison.
A type 2 route is external and is assumed to have a greater
cost than any internal route.
Range: 1, or 2
Default: 1
force-hellos Enabling this feature sends out forced Hello packets at the
{<options>} specified interval when the Dynamic Routing Daemon is busy
processing updates or synching data to standby nodes.
These extra Hello packets are in addition to the typical hello
packets in OSPF.
This feature is required to maintain neighbor adjacencies
when processing large number of updates.
Range: off, on, or timer
Default: off
force-hellos timer Configures the time between one forced OSPFv3 Hello
{<2-10> | default} message to the next.
Range: 2-10 seconds
Default: 5 seconds
Parameter Description
spf-delay {<1-60> Configures the time to wait before recalculating the OSPFv3
| default} routing table after a change in the topology.
Range: 1-60 seconds
Default: 2 seconds
For description of OSPFv3 Areas, see "IPv6 OSPFv3 Types of Areas" on page 375.
The configuration is applicable to OSPFv3 Multiple Instances (see "Configuring IPv6 OSPFv3
Multiple Instances" on page 366).
Description
An OSPFv3 area defines a group of routers, which run OSPFv3 and have complete
topology information for the given area.
An OSPFv3 area uses an Area Border Router (ABR) to exchange routing information with
other areas via the backbone area.
Routes for a given area are summarized into the backbone area.
The backbone area then redistributes this summary information to other areas.
By definition, an ABR has interfaces to more than one area.
One of those areas must be either the backbone or an OSPFv3 Virtual Link to the
backbone.
OSPFv3 forces a hub and spoke area topology, with the backbone area always being the
hub.
Syntax
Parameters
Parameter Description
set ipv6 ospf3 Removes (off) or creates (on) the area and all related
[instance {<1- configuration.
65535> |
default}]
area <OSPFv3
Area>
{off | on}
set ipv6 ospf3 Configures an OSPFv3 address range for this area.
[instance {<1- An IPv6 address range is defined by a prefix and a mask length
65535> | in CIDR notation format (for example, FC00:1::0/64).
default}] An area can be configured with any number of address ranges.
area <OSPFv3 These ranges are used to reduce the number of routing entries
Area> that an area will emit into the backbone area (and hence all
range <IPv6 areas).
Address>/<Mask If a given prefix aggregates a number of more specific prefixes
Length> within an area, then an address range can be configured and
will be the only prefix advertised into the backbone.
Important - Pay attention when you configure an address
range that includes addresses, which are not contained
within the area. If a range is marked as restricted, then no
advertisement is injected into the backbone.
Parameter Description
stub default- Configures the routing cost associated with the default route for
cost {<1- this area.
16777215> | The higher the cost, the less preferred the route.
default} Range: 1-16777215, or default
Default: 1
stub {off | on} Disables (off) or enables (on) this stub area:
n off - Reconfigures the given area to not be a Stub Area.
n on - Configures the given area to be a Stub Area.
Range: off, or on
Default: off
Parameter Description
stub summary Disables (off) or enables (on) reception of summary LSAs into
{off | on} the area.
A Totally-Stubby Area does not have Type 4 or Type 5 LSAs.
It has only a single Type 3 LSA, which describes a default
route.
n When this option is disabled, the area is Totally-Stubby.
n When this option is enabled, the area is Not Totally-
Stubby.
Range: off, or on
Default: on
Parameter Description
The configuration is applicable to OSPFv3 Multiple Instances (see "Configuring IPv6 OSPFv3
Multiple Instances" on page 366).
Syntax
Parameters
Parameter Description
area <OSPFv3 Disables (off) or enables (on) this OSPFv3 area on the interface.
Area ID> {off
| on}
cost {<1- Configures the cost of using the given interface for a route.
65535> | The higher the cost, the less preferred the interface.
default} This is overridden by routing policy - Route Redistribution Rules
and Route Maps.
Range: 1-65535, or default
Default: 1
Parameter Description
dead-interval Configures the time after receipt of the last Hello packet, at which
{<1-65535> | a neighbor is declared dead.
default} Typically this is four times the Hello interval.
Important - For a given link, this value must be the same for
all OSPFv3 routers.
Range: 1-65535 seconds, or default
Default: 40 seconds for broadcast networks, 120 seconds for
point-to-point networks
Parameter Description
passive {off | Disables (off) or enables (on) passive mode for this interface.
on} When passive mode is enabled, the OSPFv3 interface does not
send Hello packets.
This means that the link does not form any adjacencies.
Passive mode enables the network associated with the interface
to be included in the intra-area route calculation rather than
redistributing the network into OSPFv3 and having it as an
Autonomous System External (ASE) route.
In passive mode, all interface configuration information, with the
exception of the associated area and the cost, is ignored.
Range: off, or on
Default: off (The interface sends Hello packets)
priority {<0- Configures the priority used in the Designated Router (DR)
255> | election on the link.
default} When two routers attempt to become the DR, the one with the
higher priority is elected.
However, if there is already an elected DR, then it continues as
the DR regardless of priority.
This prevents frequent changes in the DR state.
The priority is only applicable to shared-media like Ethernet.
A DR is not elected on point-to-point interfaces.
A router with priority 0 is not eligible to become the DR.
Range: 0-255, or default
Default: 1
security ipsec Disables (off) or enables (on) the IPsec for this interface.
{off | spi See "IPsec Routing" on page 264.
<SPI>} Range: off, or one of the configured SPIs
Default: off
Parameter Description
virtual- Disables (off) or enables (on) VRRP mode for this interface.
address {off | Important:
on}
n Configure this option on VRRP Cluster Members when
the given interface is configured as a VRRP interface.
n Do not configure this option on ClusterXL Cluster
Members.
Introduction 366
Adding a New IPv6 OSPFv3 Instance 367
Deleting an Existing IPv6 OSPFv3 Instance 368
Restarting an IPv6 OSPFv3 Instance 369
Introduction
Multiple OSPFv3 Instances let you separate OSPFv3 into multiple OSPFv3 domains.
Each instance contains a fully independent OSPFv3 database, and routes from one domain
are not automatically advertised to another domain.
You can manually configure route maps to filter and redistribute routes from one domain into
another domain.
The redistributed routes show as OSPFv3 external routes in the routing table of the other
domain.
If two different OSPFv3 instances try to install the same route with equal cost, the route with
the lower next hop IP address is preferred.
If the routes have different costs, the route with the lower cost is selected.
Separate OSPFv3 Instances do not share link state with one another, and will not pass routes
among themselves unless explicitly configured to do so using either Route Redistribution or
Routemaps.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > IPv6 OSPF.
2. In the Instances section, click Add OSPF Instance.
3. In the Instance Number field, enter the Instance number from 1 to 65535.
4. Click OK.
save config
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > IPv6 OSPF.
2. In the Instances section:
a. Select the instance.
b. Click Delete OSPF Instance.
c. Click OK to confirm.
save config
l Traffic outage
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > OSPF.
2. In the Instances section:
a. Select the OSPFv3 Instance.
b. Click Restart OSPF Instance.
Note - The page is static. To see the latest values, click Reload.
Notes:
n In automatic configuration, when an IPv4 address changes, the IPv6 Link-Local
address changes as well.
n In manual configuration, when the IPV4 address changes, the manually
configured IPv6 address persists.
n In VSX mode:
chpaprob -a if
n In Gaia Clish:
4. Enable OSPFv3 on the interface with the Link-Local VIP. In Gaia Clish, run:
$FWDIR/conf/linklocal_local.vip
Important - You must configure the same link-local address on all the routers in the
VRRP group.
save config
Area
Description
Type
Stub Stub areas do not allow Type 5 LSAs to be propagated into or throughout the
area and instead depend on default routing for external destinations.
You can configure an area as a Stub Area to reduce the number of entries in
the routing table.
Routes external to the OSPFv3 domain are not added to the routing table.
Best Practice - Limit OSPFv3 areas to about 50 routers based on the limitations of
OSPFv3 (traffic overhead, table size, convergence, and so on).
All OSPFv3 areas must be connected to the backbone area. If you have an area that is not
connected to the backbone area, you can connect it by configuring a virtual link, enabling the
backbone area to appear contiguous despite the physical reality.
Note - If you need to connect two networks that both already have backbone areas
and you do not want to reconfigure one to something other than [Link], you can
connect the two backbone areas using a virtual link.
Each router records information about its interfaces when it initializes and builds an LSA
packet. The LSA contains a list of all recently seen routers and their costs. The LSA is
forwarded only within the area it originated in and is flooded to all other routers in the area. The
information is stored in the link-state database, which is identical on all routers in the AS.
IS-IS
Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) is an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP)
used to exchange routing information between routers in a single autonomous system (AS).
IS-IS calculates the best path based on true costs. The true costs are based on metrics a
network administrator configures.
IS-IS supports IPv4 and IPv6 routing in a single protocol.
Best Practice - In complex networks that contain many routers with varying IPv4 /
IPv6 support, we recommend to configure IPv6 Multi-Topology.
For more information about the IS-IS protocol, see the standard ISO/IEC 10589:2002, Second
Edition and RFC 7142.
Note - By design, the IS-IS protocol supports interfaces only with a Linux kernel index
value of less than or equal to 255. See sk183529.
IS-IS Terms
This section describes the primary IS-IS terms important to Check Point's implementation of
the IS-IS protocol.
Term Description
Adjacency A part of the local routing information which pertains to the reachability of
a single neighbor Intermediate System (IS) over a single circuit.
Adjacencies are used as input for forming paths through the routing
domain.
A different adjacency is created for each neighbor on a circuit, and for
each level of routing (Level 1 and Level 2) on a broadcast circuit.
Term Description
Hello Two neighbor IS-IS routers must exchange 'Hello' packets at intervals to
create adjacency.
Based on the negotiation, one of them is be selected as DIS (Designated
IS).
IS-IS routers send the 'Hello' packets separately for Level 1 and Level 2.
Level 1 These Intermediate Systems route directly to systems in their own area,
Intermediate and route to a Level 2 Intermediate System (IS) when the destination
Systems system is in a different area.
By default, they only have visibility to routes in their own Level 1
subdomain.
Important:
n All Cluster Members must have the same configuration.
n You must enable the "VMAC" feature (see the R82.10 ClusterXL
Administration Guide).
Scalable Platforms
Important:
n All Security Group Members must have the same configuration.
n You must enable the "Same VMAC" feature. Follow the instructions in
sk165674.
VRRP Cluster
Procedure
1. With a web browser, connect to the Gaia Portal.
2. Log in.
3. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > IS-IS.
4. Configure the Global Options:
i. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > IS-IS.
ii. In the System ID section, enter the System ID.
The System ID of an IS-IS router uniquely identifies the router in the IS-IS
domain.
The System ID on each IS-IS router must be unique in the IS-IS domain.
The System ID is a 6 byte hex string, separated on two-byte boundaries by
a "." (period).
Important:
n In ClusterXL, you must configure the same System ID on each
Cluster Member.
n You cannot change the System ID while IS-IS is already
i. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > IS-IS.
ii. In the Area Addresses section, click Add.
iii. In the Area Address field, enter the IS-IS area ID.
An area address is a variable-length string ranging from 1 to 13 bytes.
The first byte of the area address can be two digits (from 00 to 99).
The rest of the area address is represented as a hexadecimal string,
separated on two-byte boundaries by a "." (period).
Description of options:
Global Options
Option Description
Default:
n Level 1-2
Broadcast Configures how this IS-IS router adds the padding in its
link hello 'Hello' packets.
padding This field controls the padding for broadcast interfaces.
IS-IS does not advertise what its interface MTU is in 'Hello'
packets.
Instead, it uses 'Hello' padding to make sure that neighbors
have a matching MTU before they form an adjacency.
If the MTU between two neighbors does not match, the
router with the lower MTU drops the padded 'Hello' packet
as malformed and does not form an adjacency.
Options:
n Smart - Adds padding in 'Hello' packets when forming
a new adjacency
n Always - Always adds padding in each 'Hello' packet
n Off - Does not add padding in 'Hello' packets
Default:
n Smart
Option Description
P2P link Configures how this IS-IS router adds the padding in its
hello 'Hello' packets.
padding This field controls the padding for point to point interfaces.
IS-IS does not advertise what its interface MTU is in 'Hello'
packets.
Instead, it uses 'Hello' padding to make sure that neighbors
have a matching MTU before they form an adjacency.
If the MTU between two neighbors does not match, the
router with the lower MTU drops the padded 'Hello' packet
as malformed and does not form an adjacency.
Options:
n Smart - Adds padding in 'Hello' packets when forming
a new adjacency
n Always - Always adds padding in each 'Hello' packet
n Off - Does not add padding in 'Hello' packets
Default:
n Smart
LSP lifetime Configures how long other IS-IS routers consider the LSP
packets this IS-IS router generated to be valid.
IS-IS routers periodically update the LSP packets they
generate to make sure these LSP packets are still valid.
Without this update, LSP packets eventually time out of
neighbor routers' databases, and the routers remove the
topology information related to these LSP.
The LSP lifetime determines how long an LSP is
considered valid without an update.
Note - You must configure this value to be greater than
the LSP refresh interval. You must configure a value
that gives enough time between the lifetime and
refresh interval to allow the refreshed LSP to
propagate throughout the IS-IS domain before it can
time out from any other router.
Range: 1 - 65535 (seconds)
Default: 1200
Option Description
LSP refresh Configures how frequently this IS-IS router sends updates
interval for its LSP packets.
IS-IS routers periodically update the LSP packets they
generate to make sure these LSP packets are still valid.
Without this update, LSP packets eventually time out of
neighbor routers' databases, and the routers remove the
topology information related to these LSP packets.
Note - You must configure this value to be less than
the LSP lifetime. You must configure a value that
gives enough time between the lifetime and refresh
interval. This allows the refreshed LSP to propagate
throughout the IS-IS domain before it can time out
from any other router.
Range: 1 - 65535 (seconds)
Default: 900
LSP MTU Configures the maximum size of an LSP to send over any
link.
Note - You must configure a value that is less than or
equal to the smallest MTU of an interface that runs IS-
IS, minus 8 bytes of overhead:
LSP MTU value <= (Smallest MTU of an
interface that runs IS-IS) - (8 bytes
of overhead)
For a standard Ethernet interface, this value is 1500 - 8
= 1492 bytes.
Range: 128 - 16000 (bytes)
Default: 1492
Option Description
neighbors' hostnames
n Cleared - Does not send the local hostname and does
Option Description
checking
Default:
n Selected
"attached" routers
n Cleared - Installs the default route to the "attached"
neighbors
Default:
n Cleared
Option Description
Default:
n Cleared
Option Description
Default Metric Configures the default metric for all IS-IS interfaces.
This IS-IS router uses this default metric, if you do not
configure another metric explicitly.
Range:
n 1 - 16777214 - Uses the wide metric type
n 1 - 63 - Uses the narrow metric type
Default:
n 10
Option Description
types
Default:
n Wide
Option Description
l Default: 10
n Initial
l Default: 5500
n Second
l Default: 5500
Option Description
l Default: 5
n Initial
l Default: 2000
n Second
l Default: 5000
Option Description
No authentication.
n Simple
Option Description
n MD5
Enables the HMAC MD5 authentication for IS-IS
packets.
IS-IS packets include an MD5 digest of the
packet, based on a configured secret key
(Password).
You configure this secret on the router. The
router does not send this secret in plaintext.
As a result, this mode is more secure than the
simple authentication.
If neighbor routers detect a mismatch in
authentication, they ignore the packets with a
mismatched authentication.
i. Click Add.
ii. In the Key ID field, enter the required
number between 1 and 255.
iii. In the Secret field, enter the required
authentication secret.
May contain only letters, digits, and these
characters: ! . , / - _ +
By default, this IS-IS router uses the lowest
configured MD5 Key ID to authenticate outgoing
IS-IS packets.
Use the "Active Key" field to change this
behavior.
The router can use any Key ID to authenticate
incoming IS-IS packets.
Option Description
n Cryptographic
Enables the cryptographic authentication for IS-
IS packets.
When using cryptographic authentication, each
key-algorithm-secret triplet must match exactly
on other IS-IS routers that are authenticating the
same packets.
i. Click Add.
ii. In the Key ID field, enter the required
number between 1 and 255.
iii. In the Algorithm field, select the required
algorithm:
l HMAC-SHA-1
l HMAC-SHA-256
l HMAC-SHA-384
l HMAC-SHA-512
Description of options:
Interface Options
Option Description
Default:
n IPv4 and IPv6
Option Description
Circuit Type Configures the IS-IS levels on which this IS-IS interface works.
Usually, IS-IS interfaces works on the same levels the IS-IS
router is configured to support.
If the router supports 'Level 1' and 'Level 2', but a link uses only
one of these levels, you can restrict this link to work on a single
level. This decreases the protocol traffic and resource
consumption.
Note - Use this option only if the IS Type option is
configured with the value "Level 1-2" (its default value). If an
interface is configured to run only at 'Level 1', and the IS-IS
instance only runs at 'Level 2' (or the opposite), the interface
does not run IS-IS.
Options:
n Inherit global IS type - Uses the global value configured in
Default:
n Inherit global IS type
Hello Configures how this IS-IS routers adds the padding in 'Hello'
padding packets on the specified interface.
This configuration overrides the IS-IS instance configuration for
'Hello' padding.
IS-IS does not show what its interface MTU is in IS-IS 'Hello'
packets.
Instead, it uses 'Hello' padding to make sure that neighbors have
a matching MTU before they form an adjacency.
If the MTU between two neighbors does not match, the router
with the lower MTU drops the padded 'Hello' packet as
malformed and does not form an adjacency.
Options:
n Inherit global setting - Uses the 'Hello' padding
adjacency is forming
n Always - Always adds padding in each 'Hello' packet
n Off - Does not add padding in 'Hello' packets
Default:
n Inherit global setting
Option Description
LSP interval Configures the minimum delay between LSP packets this IS-IS
router sends on the specified interface.
Note - The lower the configured number, the faster the IS-IS
converges on IS-IS neighbors, but the higher the system
load on this IS-IS router.
Range: 33 - 4294967295 (milliseconds)
Default: 33
Default:
n Cleared
Default:
n Cleared
Option Description
P2P Note - This option is available only when you select "Point
retransmit to point".
interval This option only applies to point-to-point interfaces.
This option does not apply if the specified interface is not
point-to-point, or is not a broadcast interface that behaves
as point-to-point.
Configures the retransmit interval for LSP packets this IS-IS
routers sends over a point-to-point link.
IS-IS requires an IS-IS router to send acknowledgments for LSP
packets it receives from its neighbor over a point-to-point link.
If this router sends an LSP and does not get this
acknowledgment within the configured retransmit interval, this
router sends the LSP again, until it gets an acknowledgment.
Range: 0 - 65535 (seconds)
Default: 5 seconds
P2P Note - This option is available only when you select "Point
retransmit to point".
throttle This option applies only to point-to-point interfaces.
This option does not apply, if the specified interface is not
point-to-point, or is not a broadcast interface that behaves
as point-to-point.
Configures how frequently this IS-IS router retransmits LSP
packets over a point-to-point link to its neighbor when multiple
packets are waiting to be sent.
Range: 0 - 65535 (milliseconds)
Default: The value of the "LSP interval" parameter for this
interface.
Option Description
packets
n Cleared - Does not send this interface's IPv4 prefix in IS-IS
LSP packets
Default:
n Selected
packets
n Cleared - Does not send this interface's IPv6 prefix in IS-IS
LSP packets
Default:
n Selected
Option Description
tries to enable BFD for all address families (IPv4, IPv6) that
you configured on the specified interface.
n If you enabled IPv6 Multi-Topology, then this option tries to
Default:
n Cleared
Option Description
IPv6 IP- Note - This option is available only when IPv6 Multi-
Reach Topology is enabled.
Detection Enables (selected) or disables (cleared) Bidirectional Forwarding
Detection (BFD) on the specified interface.
If you enable this feature, this IS-IS router creates a BFD session
on the specified interface with all IS-IS neighbors that also have
BFD enabled.
While a BFD session is active between two neighbors, the IS-IS
state responds to changes in the BFD state:
n If the BFD state change to 'Down', then the state of that IS-
Default:
n Cleared
Option Description
Option Description
Hello Interval Configures how frequently this IS-IS router sends 'Hello'
packets on the specified interface.
This interval need not match other IS-IS routers on the link.
Range:
n 1 - 65535 (seconds)
rounded down
Hello Holdtime Configures the 'Hello' hold time for the specified interface.
The hold time determines how long other IS-IS routers wait
without receiving a 'Hello' packet from this IS-IS router
before they consider this router as down.
Range:
n 3 - 65535 (seconds)
(maximum of 65535)
Default:
n The value configured as the default-metric in the IS-IS
instance configuration.
Option Description
CSNP Interval
Note - This option applies only to broadcast interfaces.
Option Description
No authentication.
n Simple
Option Description
n MD5
Enables the HMAC MD5 authentication for IS-IS
packets.
IS-IS packets include an MD5 digest of the packet,
based on a configured secret key (Password).
You configure this secret on the router. The router
does not send this secret in plaintext.
As a result, this mode is more secure than the simple
authentication.
If neighbor routers detect a mismatch in
authentication, they ignore the packets with a
mismatched authentication.
a. Click Add.
b. In the Key ID field, enter the required number
between 1 and 255.
c. In the Secret field, enter the required
authentication secret.
May contain only letters, digits, and these
characters: ! . , / - _ +
By default, this IS-IS router uses the lowest configured
MD5 Key ID to authenticate outgoing IS-IS packets.
Use the "Active Key" field to change this behavior.
The router can use any Key ID to authenticate
incoming IS-IS packets.
Option Description
n Cryptographic
Enables the cryptographic authentication for IS-IS
packets.
When using cryptographic authentication, each key-
algorithm-secret triplet must match exactly on other IS-
IS routers that are authenticating the same packets.
a. Click Add.
b. In the Key ID field, enter the required number
between 1 and 255.
c. In the Algorithm field, select the required
algorithm:
l HMAC-SHA-1
l HMAC-SHA-256
l HMAC-SHA-384
l HMAC-SHA-512
Important - IPv6 options in IS-IS only apply when you enable IPv6 Multi-Topology. If
IPv6 Multi-Topology is disabled, IPv6 settings get their values from the non-IPv6
versions of these options, and the IPv6 options do not apply.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > IS-IS.
2. Click Edit IPv6 Options.
3. In the IPv6 Multi-topology field, select the applicable value.
Description of options:
IPv6 Options
Option Description
Option Description
Ignore Use this option to ignore attached bits set by level-2-connected IS-IS IPv6
attached routers.
bit By default, 'Level 1-2' IS-IS routers do not send routes from 'Level 2' to
'Level 1'.
Instead, they configure an "attached bit" in the packets they send to 'Level
1' areas.
This attached bit shows that 'Level 1' routers should install a default route
to the 'Level 2' router that configured it.
In some cases, it may be necessary to ignore these attached bits, and not
install a default route on 'Level 1-2' routers.
Options:
n Selected - Does not install the default route on "attached" routers
n Cleared - Installs the default route on "attached" neighbors
Default:
n Cleared
Option Description
Default Metric Configures the default metric for all IPv6 IS-IS interfaces. The
interface uses this metric if you do not configure another IPv6 metric
explicitly.
Note - The IPv6 metric takes effect only if in the "IPv6 Multi-
topology" field, you selected "On".
Range:
n 1 - 16777214 - Uses the wide metric type
n 1 - 63 - Uses the narrow metric type
Default:
n 10
Option Description
l Default: 10
n Initial
Specifies the initial delay between when an event is
scheduled, and when it actually takes place.
l Range: 50 - 120000 (milliseconds)
l Default: 5500
n Second
Specifies the delay between the first event and the second
event.
l Range: 50 - 120000 (milliseconds)
l Default: 5500
Option Description
Partial Route Configures the delay between subsequent Partial Route Calculation
Calculation (PRC) events for IPv6.
Delay Intervals This option uses an exponential backoff to determine the delay
between events.
The delay before events after the "Second" period is the previous
delay multiplied by two, up to the maximum delay.
If an event does not occur for two "Max" periods, the router restores
the delay to the "Initial" value.
Options:
n Max
Specifies the maximum interval between two events.
l Range: 1 - 120 (seconds)
l Default: 5
n Initial
Specifies the initial delay between when an event is
scheduled, and when it actually takes place.
l Range: 50 - 120000 (milliseconds)
l Default: 2000
n Second
Specifies the delay between the first event and the second
event.
l Range: 50 - 120000 (milliseconds)
l Default: 5000
Restarting IS-IS
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > IS-IS.
2. In the Global Options section, click Restart IS-IS.
3. Click OK to confirm.
set isis[Esc][Esc]
n To see the available "show" commands for IS-IS, enter in Gaia Clish:
show isis[Esc][Esc]
n To see the available "restart" commands for IS-IS, enter in Gaia Clish:
restart isis[Esc][Esc]
Workflow
1. Connect to the command line.
2. Log into Gaia Clish.
3. Configure the Global Options:
a. Configure the System ID.
b. Add at least one Area.
The output of the "show configuration" command shows the configuration for each IS-IS
level.
Syntax
set isis
adjacency-check {on | off | default}
area <IS-IS area ID> {on | off}
authentication ignore <Packet Type> {on | off} [level {1 |
2}]
authentication mode
cryptographic
active-key <1-255> [level {1 | 2}]
key <1-255> algorithm <Algorithm>
encrypted-secret <Password Encrypted by
Gaia> [level {1 | 2}]
secret <Clear Text Password> [level {1 |
2}]
md5
active-key <1-255> [level {1 | 2}]
key <1-255>
encrypted-secret <Password Encrypted by
Gaia> [level {1 | 2}]
secret <Clear Text Password> [level {1 |
2}]
none
simple
encrypted-secret <Password Encrypted by Gaia>
[level {1 | 2}]
secret <Clear Text Password> [level {1 | 2}]
default-metric {<1-16777214> | default} [level {1 | 2}]
dynamic-hostname {on | off | default}
export-routemap <Name of Routemap>
off [level {1 | 2}]
preference <1-65535>
family {inet | inet6 | inet-and-inet6} on
[level {1 | 2}]
on [level {1 | 2}]
hello padding {always | off | smart} [interface-type
{broadcast | point-to-point}]
ignore-attached-bit {on | off | default}
is-type {level-1 | level-2 | level-1-2}
lsp
gen-interval max {<1-120> | default} initial {<50-
120000> | default} second {<50-120000> | default} [level {1 |
2}]
lifetime {<1-65535> | default}
mtu {<128-16000> | default}
refresh-interval {<1-65535> | default}
Parameters
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
area <IS-IS area ID> {on Adds (on) or removes (off) an ISO area address for
| off} this IS-IS router.
An area address is a variable-length string ranging
from 1 to 13 bytes.
The first byte of the area address can be two digits
(00 to 99).
The rest of the area address is represented as a hex
string, separated on two-byte boundaries by a "."
(period).
An IS-IS router's configured areas determine
whether to form 'Level 1' adjacencies with other
routers.
An IS-IS router may belong to multiple areas, up to
the configured maximum number of area addresses.
Example area addresses:
n 49
n 12.34
n 99.1a2b.3c4d
n [Link]
Parameter Description
authentication ignore Controls whether this IS-IS router ignores (on) or not
<Packet Type> {on | off} (off) the authentication of specific types of the
[level {1 | 2}] incoming IS-IS packets. If this IS-IS router ignores
the authentication for a packet type, then this IS-IS
router accepts the packets regardless of any
authentication parameters.
Packet Types:
n all - Controls whether to ignore authentication
of all IS-IS packets
n csnp - Controls whether to ignore
authentication of CSNP packets
n hello - Controls whether to ignore
authentication of Hello packets
n lsp - Controls whether to ignore authentication
of LSP packets
n none - Resets the ignore configuration
(authenticates all packets)
n psnp - Controls whether to ignore
authentication of PSNP packets
Options:
n on - Ignores authentication for the specified
packet type
n off - Does not ignore authentication for the
specified packet type
Default:
n off
Parameter Description
Important:
n You can configure only one authentication
mode per level at a time.
n Configuration of a new authentication
mode removes the previous mode's
configuration.
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
authentication mode md5 Enables the HMAC MD5 authentication for IS-IS
key <1-255> secret packets.
<Clear Text Password> IS-IS packets include an MD5 digest of the packet,
[level {1 | 2}] based on a configured secret key.
You configure this secret on the router. The router
does not send this secret in plaintext.
As a result, this mode is more secure than the simple
authentication.
This command encrypts the specified password and
saves it in the Gaia database.
If neighbor routers detect a mismatch in
authentication, they ignore the packets with a
mismatched authentication.
Note - By default, this IS-IS router uses the
lowest configured MD5 Key ID to authenticate
outgoing IS-IS packets.
Use this command to change this behavior:
set isis authentication mode md5
active-key <1-255> [level {1 |
2}
If you remove the configured Active Key from
the list of IS-IS authentication keys, the IS-IS
router returns to the default behavior.
The router can use any key ID to authenticate
incoming IS-IS packets.
Optional:
Specify an additional "level" parameter to apply
this command to 'Level 1' or 'Level 2' only.
Without this parameter, this command applies to
'Level 1' and 'Level 2' configuration.
Parameter Description
authentication mode md5 Enables the HMAC MD5 authentication for IS-IS
key <1-255> encrypted- packets.
secret <Password Important - You must enter the encrypted
Encrypted by Gaia> authentication secret that Gaia saved in its
[level {1 | 2}] database after you ran this command:
set isis authentication mode md5
key <1-255> secret <Clear Text
Password> [level {1 | 2}]
To see the encrypted authentication secret in
the Gaia database, run:
show configuration isis
You configure this secret on the router. The router
does not send this secret in plaintext.
As a result, this mode is more secure than the simple
authentication.
If neighbor routers detect a mismatch in
authentication, they ignore the packets with a
mismatched authentication.
Note - By default, this IS-IS router uses the
lowest configured MD5 Key ID to authenticate
outgoing IS-IS packets.
Use this command to change this behavior:
set isis authentication mode md5
active-key <1-255> [level {1 |
2}
If you remove the configured Active Key from
the list of IS-IS authentication keys, the IS-IS
router returns to the default behavior.
The router can use any key ID to authenticate
incoming IS-IS packets.
Optional:
Specify an additional "level" parameter to apply
this command to 'Level 1' or 'Level 2' only.
Without this parameter, this command applies to
'Level 1' and 'Level 2' configuration.
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
default-metric {<1- Configures the default metric for all IS-IS interfaces.
16777214> | default} This IS-IS router uses this default metric, if you do
[level {1 | 2}] not configure another metric explicitly.
Range:
n 1 - 16777214 - Uses the wide metric type
n 1 - 63 - Uses the narrow metric type
Default:
n 10
Optional:
Specify an additional "level" parameter to apply
this command to 'Level 1' or 'Level 2' only.
Without this parameter, this command applies to
'Level 1' and 'Level 2' configuration.
Parameter Description
export-routemap <Name of Disables the export of routes into IS-IS for the
Routemap> off [level {1 specified routemap.
| 2}] Optional:
Specify an additional "level" parameter to apply
this command to 'Level 1' or 'Level 2' only.
Without this parameter, this command applies to
'Level 1' and 'Level 2' configuration.
Optional:
Specify an additional "level" parameter to apply
this command to 'Level 1' or 'Level 2' only.
Without this parameter, this command applies to
'Level 1' and 'Level 2' configuration.
Parameter Description
export-routemap <Name of Enables the export of routes into IS-IS for the
Routemap> preference <1- specified routemap.
65535> on [level {1 | For more details on how to use Gaia Clish to
2}] configure routemaps, refer to sk100501.
Optional:
Specify an additional "level" parameter to apply
this command to 'Level 1' or 'Level 2' only.
Without this parameter, this command applies to
'Level 1' and 'Level 2' configuration.
hello padding {always | Configures how this IS-IS router adds the padding in
off | smart} [interface- its 'Hello' packets.
type {broadcast | point- IS-IS does not advertise what its interface MTU is in
to-point}] 'Hello' packets.
Instead, it uses 'Hello' padding to make sure that
neighbors have a matching MTU before they form an
adjacency.
If the MTU between two neighbors does not match,
the router with the lower MTU drops the padded
'Hello' packet as malformed and does not form an
adjacency.
Options:
n always - Always adds padding in each 'Hello'
packet
n off - Does not add padding in 'Hello' packets
n smart - Adds padding in 'Hello' packets when
forming a new adjacency
Default:
n smart
Optional:
Use the additional "interface-type" parameter
to apply the 'Hello' packet padding to a specific
interface type.
If you do not use this parameter, the padding of
'Hello' packets applies to all interface types.
n interface-type broadcast - Applies to
broadcast interfaces only
n interface-type point-to-point -
Applies to point-to-point interfaces only
Parameter Description
ignore-attached-bit {on Controls whether this IS-IS router ignores (on) or not
| off | default} (off) the attached bits configured by other 'Level 2'-
connected IS-IS routers.
By default, 'Level 1-2' IS-IS routers do not send
routes from 'Level 2' to 'Level 1'.
Instead, they configure an "attached bit" in their
packets to 'Level 1' areas.
This attached bit shows that 'Level 1' routers should
install a default route to the 'Level 2' router that
configured it.
In some cases, it may be necessary to ignore these
attached bits, and not to install a default route to
'Level 1-2' routers.
Options:
n on - Does not install the default route to the
"attached" routers
n off - Installs the default route to the "attached"
neighbors
Default:
n off
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
lsp gen-interval max Configures the delay before this IS-IS router
{<1-120> | default} generates an LSP packet again.
initial {<50-120000> | When an LSP must be generated again, it is delayed
default} second {<50- by a specified time period to prevent flooding the
120000> | default} same LSP in rapid succession.
[level {1 | 2}] This configuration option determines how to
calculate this delay.
This option uses an exponential backoff to determine
the delay between events.
The delay before events after the "second" period is
the previous delay multiplied by two, up to the
maximum delay.
If an event does not occur for two "max" periods, the
router restores the delay to the "initial" value.
n The "max" option:
Specifies the maximum interval between two
events
l Range: 1 - 120 (seconds)
l Default: 5
l Default: 50
l Default: 5000
Optional:
Specify an additional "level" parameter to apply
this command to 'Level 1' or 'Level 2' only.
Without this parameter, this command applies to
'Level 1' and 'Level 2' configuration.
Parameter Description
lsp lifetime {<1-65535> Configures how long other IS-IS routers consider the
| default} LSP packets this IS-IS router generated to be valid.
IS-IS routers periodically update the LSP packets
they generate to make sure these LSP packets are
still valid.
Without this update, LSP packets eventually time out
of neighbor routers' databases, and the routers
remove the topology information related to these
LSP.
The LSP lifetime determines how long an LSP is
considered valid without an update.
Note - You must configure this value to be
greater than the "lsp refresh-interval".
You must configure a value that gives enough
time between the lifetime and refresh interval to
allow the refreshed LSP to propagate
throughout the IS-IS domain before it can time
out from any other router.
Range: 1 - 65535 (seconds)
Default: 1200
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
Optional:
Specify an additional "level" parameter to apply
this command to 'Level 1' or 'Level 2' only.
Without this parameter, this command applies to
'Level 1' and 'Level 2' configuration.
Parameter Description
overload-bit {on | off} Enables (on) or disables (off) the settings related to
the overload bit for IPv6.
IS-IS routers may optionally configure an overload
bit in the 'Hello' packets and LSP packets they send
to other IS-IS routers.
This bit shows that the router should not be used as
a transit router for routing decisions.
You can configure this bit permanently on routers
that are never intended to pass traffic, except to
directly connected subnets.
Options:
n on - Enables the overload bit
n off - Does not enable the overload bit
Default:
n off
Parameter Description
l Default: 5
l Default: 2000
l Default: 5000
Optional:
Specify an additional "level" parameter to apply
this command to 'Level 1' or 'Level 2' only.
Without this parameter, this command applies to
'Level 1' and 'Level 2' configuration.
Parameter Description
l Default: 10
l Default: 5500
l Default: 5500
Optional:
Specify an additional "level" parameter to apply
this command to 'Level 1' or 'Level 2' only.
Without this parameter, this command applies to
'Level 1' and 'Level 2' configuration.
Parameter Description
system-id <ISO System Configures the System ID for this IS-IS router.
ID> The System ID of an IS-IS router uniquely identifies
the router in the IS-IS domain. This System ID on
each IS-IS router must be unique in the IS-IS
domain.
In ClusterXL, and Scalable Platform, you must
configure the same System ID on each Cluster
Member and Security Group Member.
You cannot change the System ID while IS-IS is
already configured and running.
To change the System ID while IS-IS is running, first
you must stop the IS-IS protocol in one of these
ways:
n Remove all IS-IS areas from the configuration
n Remove all IS-IS interfaces from the
configuration
The System ID is a 6 byte hex string, separated on
two-byte boundaries by a "." (period). To remove the
System ID you configured explicitly, configure the
System ID to the "default" value.
Example System ID:
1a2b.3c4d.5e6f
Syntax
Parameters
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
Important:
n You can configure only one
authentication mode per level at a time.
n Configuration of a new authentication
mode removes the previous mode's
configuration.
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
authentication md5 key Enables the HMAC MD5 authentication for IS-IS
<1-255> secret <Clear packets.
Text Password> [level {1 IS-IS packets include an MD5 digest of the packet,
| 2}] based on a configured secret key.
You configure this secret on the router. The router
does not send this secret in plaintext.
As a result, this mode is more secure than the
simple authentication.
This command encrypts the specified password and
saves it in the Gaia database.
If neighbor routers detect a mismatch in
authentication, they ignore the packets with a
mismatched authentication.
Note - By default, this IS-IS router uses the
lowest configured MD5 Key ID to authenticate
outgoing IS-IS packets.
Use this command to change this behavior:
set isis authentication mode md5
active-key <1-255> [level {1 |
2}
If you remove the configured Active Key from
the list of IS-IS authentication keys, the IS-IS
router returns to the default behavior.
The router can use any key ID to authenticate
incoming IS-IS packets.
Optional:
Specify an additional "level" parameter to apply
this command to 'Level 1' or 'Level 2' only.
Without this parameter, this command applies to
'Level 1' and 'Level 2' configuration.
Parameter Description
authentication md5 key Enables the HMAC MD5 authentication for IS-IS
<1-255> encrypted-secret packets.
<Password Encrypted by Important - You must enter the encrypted
Gaia> [level {1 | 2}] authentication secret that Gaia saved in its
database after you ran this command:
set isis authentication mode md5
key <1-255> secret <Clear Text
Password> [level {1 | 2}]
To see the encrypted authentication secret in
the Gaia database, run:
show configuration isis
You configure this secret on the router. The router
does not send this secret in plaintext.
As a result, this mode is more secure than the
simple authentication.
If neighbor routers detect a mismatch in
authentication, they ignore the packets with a
mismatched authentication.
Note - By default, this IS-IS router uses the
lowest configured MD5 Key ID to authenticate
outgoing IS-IS packets.
Use this command to change this behavior:
set isis authentication mode md5
active-key <1-255> [level {1 |
2}
If you remove the configured Active Key from
the list of IS-IS authentication keys, the IS-IS
router returns to the default behavior.
The router can use any key ID to authenticate
incoming IS-IS packets.
Optional:
Specify an additional "level" parameter to apply
this command to 'Level 1' or 'Level 2' only.
Without this parameter, this command applies to
'Level 1' and 'Level 2' configuration.
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
Default:
n 10
Optional:
Specify an additional "level" parameter to apply
this command to 'Level 1' or 'Level 2' only.
Without this parameter, this command applies to
'Level 1' and 'Level 2' configuration.
Parameter Description
hello holdtime {<3-65535> Configures the 'Hello' hold time for the specified
| default} [level {1 | interface.
2}] The hold time determines how long other IS-IS
routers wait without receiving a 'Hello' packet from
this IS-IS router before they consider this router as
down.
Range:
n 3 - 65535 (seconds)
Default: One of these:
n 30 (if you did not configure the 'Hello' interval)
n The configured 'Hello' interval multiplied by 3
(maximum of 65535)
Optional:
Specify an additional "level" parameter to apply
this command to 'Level 1' or 'Level 2' only.
Without this parameter, this command applies to
'Level 1' and 'Level 2' configuration.
hello interval {<1-65535> Configures how frequently this IS-IS router sends
| default} [level {1 | 'Hello' packets on the specified interface.
2}] This interval need not match other IS-IS routers on
the link.
Range:
n 1 - 65535 (seconds)
Parameter Description
hello padding {always | Configures how this IS-IS routers adds the padding
global | off | smart} in 'Hello' packets on the specified interface.
This configuration overrides the IS-IS instance
configuration for 'Hello' padding.
IS-IS does not show what its interface MTU is in IS-
IS 'Hello' packets.
Instead, it uses 'Hello' padding to make sure that
neighbors have a matching MTU before they form
an adjacency.
If the MTU between two neighbors does not match,
the router with the lower MTU drops the padded
'Hello' packet as malformed and does not form an
adjacency.
Options:
n always - Always adds padding in each 'Hello'
packet
n global - Uses the 'Hello' padding
configuration from the IS-IS instance
n off - Does not add padding in 'Hello' packets
n smart - Adds padding in 'Hello' packets when
a new adjacency is forming
Default:
n global
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
Optional:
Specify an additional "level" parameter to apply
this command to 'Level 1' or 'Level 2' only.
Without this parameter, this command applies to
'Level 1' and 'Level 2' configuration.
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
Important - IPv6 options in IS-IS apply only after you enable IPv6 Multi-Topology.
If IPv6 Multi-Topology is disabled, IPv6 settings get their values from the non-IPv6
versions of these commands, and the IPv6 commands do not apply.
Syntax
Parameters
Parameter Description
ipv6 default-metric {<1- Configures the default metric for all IPv6 IS-IS
16777214> | default} [level interfaces. The interface uses this metric if you
{1 | 2}] do not configure another IPv6 metric explicitly.
Note - The IPv6 metric takes effect only if
you ran this command:
set isis multi-topology on
Range:
n 1 - 16777214 - Uses the wide metric type
n 1 - 63 - Uses the narrow metric type
Default:
n 10
Optional:
Specify an additional "level" parameter to
apply this command to 'Level 1' or 'Level 2' only.
Without this parameter, this command applies to
'Level 1' and 'Level 2' configuration.
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
l Default: 2000
n second:
l Range: 50 - 120000 (milliseconds)
l Default: 5000
Optional:
Specify an additional "level" parameter to
apply this command to 'Level 1' or 'Level 2' only.
Without this parameter, this command applies to
'Level 1' and 'Level 2' configuration.
Parameter Description
ipv6 spf interval max {<1- Use this command to configure the delay
120> | default} initial between subsequent SPF calculations.
{<50-120000> | default} When the information announced by an IS-IS
second {<50-120000> | router changes the topology, all routers in the
default} [level {1 | 2}] domain must run SPF to re-create the shortest
path tree.
The SPF interval determines how frequently
these shortest path calculations may occur.
This option uses exponential backoff to
determine the delay between events.
Note - You must enable IPv6 Multi-
Topology with this command:
set isis multi-topology on
The delay before events after the "second"
period is the previous delay multiplied by two, up
to the maximum delay.
If an event does not occur for two "max" periods,
the router restores the delay to the "initial"
value.
Options:
n The "max" option:
Specifies the maximum interval between
two events.
l Range: 1 - 120 (seconds)
l Default: 10
l Default: 5500
l Default: 5500
Optional:
Specify an additional "level" parameter to
apply this command to 'Level 1' or 'Level 2' only.
Without this parameter, this command applies to
'Level 1' and 'Level 2' configuration.
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
Options:
n on - Enables BFD for this interface
n off - Disables BFD for this interface
Default:
n off
Parameter Description
Monitoring IS-IS
Monitoring IS-IS in Gaia Portal
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > IS-IS.
2. In the top right corner, click Monitoring.
3. In the IS-IS Monitor section, click the Information category.
Syntax
show isis
database [detailed] [level {1 | 2}] [lsp-type {node |
pseudonode}] [system-id <IS-IS System ID>]
errors [<Error Types>]
export-routemap [level {1 | 2}]
hostnames
interface <Name of Interface> [detailed]
interfaces [detailed]
ipv6 topology
neighbor <Neighbor System ID> [detailed]
neighbors [detailed]
packets
summary
topology
Parameters
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
show isis errors [<Error Types>] Shows a list of each IS-IS error recorded.
By default, this command shows each
error type.
You can specify one of more of these
error types:
n csnp - Shows only IS-IS CSNP
errors
n global - Shows only IS-IS global
errors
n hello - Shows only IS-IS 'Hello'
errors
n lsp - Shows only IS-IS LSP errors
n protocol - Shows only IS-IS
protocol errors
n psnp - Shows only IS-IS PSNP
errors
show isis interfaces [detailed] Shows the state of the IS-IS interfaces on
show isis interface <Name of the router.
Interface> [detailed] By default, the output shows a table with
commonly-referenced information.
If you specify the "detailed" option, the
output shows all information for the IS-IS
interfaces.
Parameter Description
show isis neighbors [detailed] Shows the state of the IS-IS neighbors
show isis neighbor <Neighbor known to the router.
System ID> [detailed] By default, the output shows a table with
commonly-referenced information.
If you specify the "detailed" option, the
output shows all information for the
neighbors.
show isis topology Shows the Shortest Path First tree that
show isis ipv6 topology IS-IS calculated for each router in the IS-
IS network.
When the IPv6 Multi-Topology is
enabled, use the IPv6 version of this
command to see the IPv6 SPF tree.
Route Aggregation
Route aggregation is used to combine a set of more specific routes into a single more general
route.
This reduces the number of routes advertised by a given protocol.
Example:
n A router has many stub interface routes subnetted from a Class C network.
n A router runs RIPv2 on another interface.
n In this case, these interface routes can be combined into a single aggregate route (for
example, the Class C network).
This single aggregate route can be redistributed into RIPv2, instead of the large list of
individual routes.
Important - Be careful when aggregating if there are gaps in the route that is aggregated.
The interface that originates the aggregate routes does not use them to forward packets. Only
the router that receives the routes uses them.
A router that receives a packet that does not match one of the component routes, should
respond with an ICMP "Network Unreachable" message.
This prevents packets for unknown component routes from following a default route into
another network.
In this situation, they might be continually forwarded back to the border router until their TTL
expires.
To create an aggregate route, first specify the network address and subnet mask, followed by
the set of contributing routes.
Define the contributing routes by specifying a source, such as a routing protocol or a static
route, followed by a route filter, which is either a prefix or the keyword "all IPv4 routes".
An aggregate route can have many contributing routes. However, at least one of the routes
must be already present to generate the aggregate.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > Route Aggregation.
2. In the Route Aggregation section, click Add and select IPv4.
3. In the IPv4 address field, enter the IPv4 address of the new contributing route.
Description
4. In the Subnet mask field, , enter the IPv4 subnet mask of the new contributing route.
Description
5. In the Rank field, enter the rank of the new contributing route.
Description
The routing system uses rank when there are routes from different protocols to the
same destination.
For each route, the route from the protocol with the lowest rank is used.
See "Protocol Rank" on page 657.
Range: 0-255
Default: 130
6. In the Weight field, enter the weight of the new contributing route.
Description
7. The option AS Path Truncate controls the Autonomous System (AS) path truncation
mode.
Description
When this option is enabled, the AS path is truncated to the longest common AS
path.
When this option is disabled, the AS path consists of sets and sequences of all
contributing AS paths.
Range: Selected, or Cleared
Default: Cleared
10. The option Contribute All IPv4 Routes controls the whether to let any routes
contributed by the protocol to activate the aggregate route.
Description
11. In the IPv4 address field, enter the IPv4 address of the route, which the specified
protocol contributes to the aggregate route.
Description
An aggregate route does not activate, until one or more contributing routes exist.
Range: Dotted-quad ([0-255].[0-255].[0-255].[0-255])
Default: No default
12. In the Subnet mask field, , enter the IPv4 subnet mask of the route, which the
specified protocol contributes to the aggregate route.
Description
An aggregate route does not activate, until one or more contributing routes exist.
Range: Dotted-quad ([0-255].[0-255].[0-255].[0-255])
Default: No default
The routes are filtered for the Address and Subnet mask.
These are the ways to compare other routes:
Protocol Description
None Matches any route that equals the specified route, or is more
specific than the specified route.
Refines Matches a route, only if it is more specific than the specified route.
Protocol Description
Exact Matches a route, only if it equals the From Address and Subnet
mask of the specified route.
Default: None
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > Route Aggregation.
4. In the Rank field, enter the rank of the new contributing route.
Description
The routing system uses rank when there are routes from different protocols to the
same destination.
For each route, the route from the protocol with the lowest rank is used.
See "Protocol Rank" on page 657.
Range: 0-255
Default: 130
5. In the Weight field, enter the weight of the new contributing route.
Description
The route with the highest weight is an active route and is installed in the kernel
forwarding table and redistributed to other routing protocols.
Range: 0-65535
Default: 0
6. The option AS Path Truncate controls the Autonomous System (AS) path truncation
mode.
Description
When this option is enabled, the AS path is truncated to the longest common AS
path.
When this option is disabled, the AS path consists of sets and sequences of all
contributing AS paths.
Range: Selected, or Cleared
Default: Cleared
9. The option Contribute All IPv6 Routes controls the whether to let any routes
contributed by the protocol to activate the aggregate route.
Description
10. In the IPv6 address / Mask length field, enter the IPv6 address and the mask length
of the route, which the specified protocol contributes to the aggregate route.
Description
An aggregate route does not activate, until one or more contributing routes exist.
Default: No default
The routes are filtered for the Address and Subnet mask.
These are the ways to compare other routes:
Protocol Description
None Matches any route that equals the specified route, or is more
specific than the specified route.
Refines Matches a route, only if it is more specific than the specified route.
Exact Matches a route, only if it equals the From Address and Subnet
mask of the specified route.
Default: None
n To see the available "set" commands for Route Aggregation, enter in Gaia Clish:
set aggregate[Esc][Esc]
Parameters
Parameter Description
set aggregate <IPv4 Configures the route that activates the aggregate route, if
Address>/<IPv4 Mask contributed by the protocol.
Length> The IPv4 address and Mask Length correspond to a single
routing table entry.
n <IPv4 Address>
Range: Dotted-quad ([0-255].[0-255].[0-255].[0-255])
Default: No default
n <IPv4 Mask Length>
Range: 1-32
Default: No default
set ipv6 aggregate Configures the route that activates the aggregate route, if
<IPv6 contributed by the protocol.
Address>/<IPv6 Mask The IPv6 address and Mask Length correspond to a single
Length> routing table entry.
n <IPv6 Address>
Range: ([0000-FFFF]:[0000-FFFFF]:[0000-FFFFF]:
[0000-FFFFF]:[0000-FFFFF]:[0000-FFFFF]:[0000-
FFFFF]:[0000-FFFFF])
Default: No default
n <IPv6 Mask Length>
Range: 1-128
Default: No default
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
Routing Policy
Configured In Description
Configuration
Inbound Route Gaia Portal, Define filters for routes accepted by a given routing
Filters or protocol.
Gaia Clish Inbound Route filters are similar to route maps for an
import policy.
Route Gaia Portal, Redistribute routes learned from one routing protocol
Redistribution or into another routing protocol.
Gaia Clish It is also useful for advertising static routes, such as the
default route, or aggregate routes.
Route Redistribution is similar to route maps for an
export policy.
Routemaps Gaia Clish Control which routes are accepted and announced.
Used to configure inbound route filters, outbound route
filters, and to redistribute routes from one protocol to
another.
Route maps offer more configuration options than the
Portal options.
However, they are not functionally equivalent.
Routemaps assigned to a protocol for import or export
override corresponding filters and route redistribution
rules.
Inbound Route Filters let you define which external to a routing protocol routes are accepted
by that protocol.
By default, all routes, external to RIP, OSPFv2 (IPv4), and OSPFv3 (IPv6), are accepted by
these protocols.
To narrow down the selection of accepted routes, you can edit the default policies and
configure new policies.
When you configure Inbound Route Filters, to specify precision with which the network
addresses are matched, use the same Match Type criteria rules as for route redistribution:
n The prefix and the mask length are matched exactly.
n The prefix is matched exactly, and the mask length is greater than the one specified.
For example, if the network address [Link]/8 is specified in the filter, then any route
with the prefix 10 and the mask length greater than 8 is matched, but those with the mask
length of exactly 8 are not matched.
n The prefix is matched exactly, and the mask length is equal to or greater than the one
specified.
For example, if the network address [Link]/8 is specified in the filter, then any route
with the prefix 10 and the mask length equal to or greater than 8 is matched.
n The prefix is matched exactly, and the mask length is within the specified range of
masks. The mask range values must be equal to or greater than the network mask.
For example, if the network address [Link]/8 and the mask range 16 to 8 are specified
in the filter, then any route with the prefix 10 and the mask length between 8 and 16 is
matched.
Notes:
n The Routemap import configuration overrides the Inbound Route Filters
configuration.
n By default, BGP does not accept any routes. You must configure explicit
policies for BGP to accept routes.
n BGP policy can also import IPv6, if IPv6 is enabled on the Security Gateway.
You can specify IPv6 prefixes in addition to IPv4 prefixes.
Procedure 486
Configuring the "Add BGP Policy Filter (Based on AS-PATH)" 487
Configuring the "Add BGP Policy Filter (Based on AS)" 495
Configuring the "Add Individual IPv4 Route Filter" 501
Configuring the "Add Individual IPv6 Route Filter" 505
Important - In a Cluster, you must configure all the Cluster Members in the same way.
Procedure
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > Inbound Route Filters.
2. In the Inbound Route Filters section, click Add and select the type of the Route Filter:
n Add BGP Policy Filter (Based on AS-PATH) - To filter BGP routes based on the
AS-PATH attribute.
n Add BGP Policy Filter (Based on AS) - To filter BGP routes based on the AS
attribute.
n Add Individual IPv4 Route Filter - To filter IPv4 routes.
n Add Individual IPv6 Route Filter - To filter IPv6 routes.
Note - For BGP, no routes are accepted from a peer by default. You must
configure an explicit Inbound BGP Route Filter to accept a BGP route from a
peer.
A valid AS_PATH regular expression contains only digits and these special
characters:
Operator Description
Operator Description
n Any - A route was learned from any protocol and the path is probably
complete.
n IGP - A route was learned from an interior routing protocol and the path is
probably complete.
n EGP - A route was learned from an exterior routing protocol that does not
support AS-PATH, and the path is probably incomplete.
n Incomplete - The route path information is incomplete.
a. Click Add.
c. Click OK.
6. In the Large Communities to Match section:
a. Click Add.
b. Configure the applicable settings:
n Global Admin
n Local Data 1
n Local Data 2
c. Click OK.
7. In the Policy Filter section, in the Action field, select which routes to accept or reject.
Description
Action Description
Accept IPv4 Accepts all IPv4 and IPv6 routes that match this filter, except those
& IPv6 route that are explicitly restricted by a more specific rule.
Accepting routes is the default behavior, unless the "restrict" option
is configured.
Restrict IPv4 Rejects all IPv4 and IPv6 routes that match this filter, except those
& IPv6 that match a more specific filter that is set to "accept".
Action Description
Accept IPv4, Rejects all IPv6 routes that match this filter, except those that
Restrict IPv6 match a more specific filter that is set to "accept".
Accepts all IPv4 routes.
Restrict Rejects all IPv4 routes that match this filter, except those that
IPv4, Accept match a more specific filter that is set to "accept".
IPv6 Accepts all IPv6 routes.
8. In the Policy Default Modifiers section, in the Local Preference field, enter the default
local preference for the route.
Description
Assigns a BGP local preference to all routes that match this filter, except those that
match a more specific filter with a different local preference value configured.
The local preference value is sent automatically when redistributing external BGP
routes to an internal BGP route.
The local preference parameter is ignored if used on internal BGP import statements.
greater values are preferred by the routing system when it selects between competing
BGP routes.
Important - Do not use the local preference parameter when importing BGP.
Note - The local preference cannot be configured in a policy rule that is set to
"restrict".
Range: 0-4294967295
Default: None
9. In the Policy Default Modifiers section, in the Weight field, enter the default route
weight.
Description
Assigns a BGP weight to all routes that match this filter, except those that match a
more specific filter with a different weight value configured.
BGP stores any routes that are rejected by not mentioning them in a route filter.
BGP explicitly mentions these rejected routes in the routing table and assigns them a
"restrict" keyword with a negative weight.
A negative weight prevents a route from becoming active, which means that it is not
installed in the forwarding table or exported to other protocols.
This feature eliminates the need to break and re-establish a session upon
reconfiguration if import policy is changed.
Note - The route weight cannot be configured in a policy rule that is set to
"restrict".
Range: 0-65535
Default: None
Enter a valid ASPLAIN number or ASDOT number that specifies the BGP
Autonomous System (AS), to which this BGP import policy is applied.
Range: 1 - 4294967295 (ASPLAIN), or 0.1 - 65535.6553 (ASDOT)
Default: None
a. Click Add.
c. Click OK.
6. In the Large Communities to Match section:
a. Click Add.
b. Configure the applicable settings:
n Global Admin
n Local Data 1
n Local Data 2
c. Click OK.
7. In the Policy Filter section, in the Action field, select which routes to accept or reject.
Description
Action Description
Accept IPv4 Accepts all IPv4 and IPv6 routes that match this filter, except those
& IPv6 route that are explicitly restricted by a more specific rule.
Accepting routes is the default behavior, unless the "restrict" option
is configured.
Restrict IPv4 Rejects all IPv4 and IPv6 routes that match this filter, except those
& IPv6 that match a more specific filter that is set to "accept".
Action Description
Accept IPv4, Rejects all IPv6 routes that match this filter, except those that
Restrict IPv6 match a more specific filter that is set to "accept".
Accepts all IPv4 routes.
Restrict Rejects all IPv4 routes that match this filter, except those that
IPv4, Accept match a more specific filter that is set to "accept".
IPv6 Accepts all IPv6 routes.
8. In the Policy Default Modifiers section, in the Local Preference field, enter the default
local preference for the route.
Description
Assigns a BGP local preference to all routes that match this filter, except those that
match a more specific filter with a different local preference value configured.
The local preference value is sent automatically when redistributing external BGP
routes to an internal BGP route.
The local preference parameter is ignored if used on internal BGP import statements.
greater values are preferred by the routing system when it selects between competing
BGP routes.
Important - Do not use the local preference parameter when importing BGP.
Note - The local preference cannot be configured in a policy rule that is set to
"restrict".
Range: 0-4294967295
Default: None
9. In the Policy Default Modifiers section, in the Weight field, enter the default route
weight.
Description
Assigns a BGP weight to all routes that match this filter, except those that match a
more specific filter with a different weight value configured.
BGP stores any routes that are rejected by not mentioning them in a route filter.
BGP explicitly mentions these rejected routes in the routing table and assigns them a
"restrict" keyword with a negative weight.
A negative weight prevents a route from becoming active, which means that it is not
installed in the forwarding table or exported to other protocols.
This feature eliminates the need to break and re-establish a session upon
reconfiguration if import policy is changed.
Note - The route weight cannot be configured in a policy rule that is set to
"restrict".
Range: 0-65535
Default: None
Protocol Description
2. In the Route Filter section, in the Route field, enter the IPv4 address and the Mask
length of the address range.
Description
Configures policy for importing routes from the given protocol that match a specific
address range in CIDR notation.
Range: Dotted-quad ([0-255].[0-255].[0-255].[0-255]) / [0-32]
Default: None
3. In the Route Filter section, in the Match Type field, select how to match the routes.
Description
There are different mechanisms, by which routes can be matched against the
configured subnet.
A match type must be configured following the subnet.
The different match types are:
Step Instructions
Exact Matches only routes with prefix and mask length exactly equal to the
specified network.
Step Instructions
Refines Matches only routes that are contained within, but more specific than,
the specified network.
For example, with a greater mask length.
Range Matches any route with prefix equal to the specified network, whose
mask length falls within a particular range.
Range: 1-32
4. In the Route Filter section, in the Action field, select whether to accept or reject this
route.
Description
Action Description
Assigns a rank to all incoming routes matching this filter, except those that match
a more specific rule with a different rank configured.
The routing system uses rank when there are routes from different protocols to
the same destination.
For each route, the route from the protocol with the lowest rank number is used.
See "Protocol Rank" on page 657.
Note - The route rank cannot be configured in a policy rule that is set to
"restrict".
Range: 0-255
Default: For OSPFv2 - The protocol rank configured for "OSPFASE". For RIP -
The protocol rank configured for "RIP".
Assigns a BGP local preference to all routes that match this filter, except
those that match a more specific filter with a different local preference
value configured.
The local preference value is sent automatically when redistributing
external BGP routes to an internal BGP route.
The local preference parameter is ignored if used on internal BGP import
statements.
greater values are preferred by the routing system when it selects between
competing BGP routes.
Range: 0-4294967295
Default: None
Assigns a BGP weight to all routes that match this filter, except those that
match a more specific filter with a different weight value configured.
BGP stores any routes that are rejected by not mentioning them in a route
filter.
BGP explicitly mentions these rejected routes in the routing table and
assigns them a "restrict" keyword with a negative weight.
A negative weight prevents a route from becoming active, which means
that it is not installed in the forwarding table or exported to other protocols.
This feature eliminates the need to break and re-establish a session upon
reconfiguration if import policy is changed.
Range: 0-65535
Default: None
6. Click Save.
Protocol Description
2. In the Route Filter section, in the Route field, enter the IPv6 address and the Mask
length of the address range.
Description
Configures policy for importing routes from the given protocol that match a specific
address range in CIDR notation.
Range: Dotted-quad ([0-F]:[0-F]:...:[0-F]) / [0-128]
Default: None
3. In the Route Filter section, in the Match Type field, select how to match the routes.
Description
There are different mechanisms, by which routes can be matched against the
configured subnet.
Step Instructions
Exact Matches only routes with prefix and mask length exactly equal to the
specified network.
Refines Matches only routes that are contained within, but more specific than,
the specified network.
For example, with a greater mask length.
Step Instructions
Range Matches any route with prefix equal to the specified network, whose
mask length falls within a particular range.
Range: 1-32
4. In the Route Filter section, in the Action field, select whether to accept or reject this
route.
Description
Action Description
Assigns a rank to all incoming routes matching this filter, except those that match
a more specific rule with a different rank configured.
The routing system uses rank when there are routes from different protocols to
the same destination.
For each route, the route from the protocol with the lowest rank number is used.
Note - The route rank cannot be configured in a policy rule that is set to
"restrict".
Range: 0-255
Default: For OSPFv2 - The protocol rank configured for "OSPFASE". For RIP -
The protocol rank configured for "RIP".
Assigns a BGP local preference to all routes that match this filter, except those
that match a more specific filter with a different local preference value
configured.
The local preference value is sent automatically when redistributing external
BGP routes to an internal BGP route.
The local preference parameter is ignored if used on internal BGP import
statements.
greater values are preferred by the routing system when it selects between
competing BGP routes.
Range: 0-4294967295
Default: None
Assigns a BGP weight to all routes that match this filter, except those that match
a more specific filter with a different weight value configured.
BGP stores any routes that are rejected by not mentioning them in a route filter.
BGP explicitly mentions these rejected routes in the routing table and assigns
them a "restrict" keyword with a negative weight.
A negative weight prevents a route from becoming active, which means that it is
not installed in the forwarding table or exported to other protocols.
This feature eliminates the need to break and re-establish a session upon
reconfiguration if import policy is changed.
Note - The route weight cannot be configured in a policy rule that is set
to "restrict".
Range: 0-65535
Default: None
6. Click Save.
n To see the available "set" commands for IPv4 Inbound Route Filters, enter in Gaia
Clish:
set inbound-route-filter[Esc][Esc]
n To see the configured IPv4 Inbound Route Filters, enter in Gaia Clish:
Syntax
refines restrict on
weight {0-65535 | default}
Parameters
Parameter Description
accept-all-ipv4 Accepts all IPv4 routes that match this filter, except those
route that are explicitly restricted by a more specific rule.
Accepting routes is the default behavior, unless the
"restrict" option is configured.
accept-all-ipv6 Accepts all IPv6 routes that match this filter, except those
route that are explicitly restricted by a more specific rule.
Accepting routes is the default behavior, unless the
"restrict" option is configured.
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
default-weight {0- Assigns a BGP weight to all routes that match this filter,
65535 | default} except those that match a more specific filter with a
different weight value configured.
BGP stores any routes that are rejected by not mentioning
them in a route filter.
BGP explicitly mentions these rejected routes in the
routing table and assigns them a "restrict" keyword with a
negative weight.
A negative weight prevents a route from becoming active,
which means that it is not installed in the forwarding table
or exported to other protocols.
This feature eliminates the need to break and re-establish
a session upon reconfiguration if import policy is changed.
Note - The route weight cannot be configured in a
policy rule that is set to "restrict".
Range: 0-65535
Default: No weight
n type <Type>
Configures the BGP Extended Community type,
which determines the format of the BGP Extended
Community value, and whether it is transitive across
ASes.
You can use Transitive types for eBGP.
You can use Non-Transitive types only for iBGP.
For more information, see RFC 4360.
Supported types:
l transitive-two-octet-as - Transitive
Two Octet AS
l non-transitive-two-octet-as - Non-
Four Octet AS
l non-transitive-four-octet-as - Non-
IPv4 Address
Parameter Description
n subtype <Subtype>
Configures the Subtype for a BGP Extended
Community.
Supported subtypes (depend on the "Type"):
l bgp-data-collect - BGP Data Collection
l generic - Generic
l source-as - Source AS
Parameter Description
n value <Value>
Supported values (depend on the "Type"):
l For the Type "transitive-two-octet-
as":
Format: <Two-Octet AS>:<Four-Octet
Value>
Valid values: <1-65535>:<0-4294967295>
l For the Type "non-transitive-two-
octet-as":
Format: <Two-Octet AS>:<Four-Octet
Value>
Valid values: <1-65535>:<0-4294967295>
l For the Type "transitive-four-octet-
as":
Format: <Four-Octet AS>:<Two-Octet
Value>
Valid values: <65536-4294967295>:<0-
65535>
l For the Type "non-transitive-four-
octet-as":
Format: <Four-Octet AS>:<Two-Octet
Value>
Valid values: <65536-4294967295>:<0-
65535>
l For the Type "transitive-ipv4-
address":
Format: <IPv4 Address>:<Two-Octet
Value>
Valid values: <IPv4 Address>:<0-65535>
set inbound-route- Deletes this BGP import policy from the configuration.
filter bgp-policy
<BGP Import Policy
ID> off
restrict-all-ipv4 Rejects all IPv4 routes that match this filter, except those
that match a more specific filter that is set to "accept".
restrict-all-ipv6 Rejects all IPv6 routes that match this filter, except those
that match a more specific filter that is set to "accept".
Parameter Description
route <IPv4 or IPv6 There are different mechanisms, by which routes can be
Address>/<Mask matched against the configured subnet. A match type
Length> exact on must be configured following the subnet.
Accepts only routes with prefix and mask length exactly
equal to the specified network.
route <IPv4 or IPv6 There are different mechanisms, by which routes can be
Address>/<Mask matched against the configured subnet. A match type
Length> exact must be configured following the subnet.
restrict on Rejects all routes that match this policy rule, except those
that match a more specific filter that is set to "accept".
Parameter Description
route <IPv4 or IPv6 Assigns a BGP local preference to all routes that match
Address>/<Mask this filter, except those that match a more specific filter
Length> localpref with a different local preference value configured.
{0-4294967295 | The local preference value is sent automatically when
default} redistributing external BGP routes to an internal BGP
route.
The local preference parameter is ignored if used on
internal BGP import statements.
greater values are preferred by the routing system when it
selects between competing BGP routes.
Best Practice - The local preference configuration is
the recommended way to bias the preference for
BGP routes.
Important - Do not use the local preference
parameter when importing BGP.
Note - The local preference cannot be configured in a
policy rule that is set to "restrict".
Range: 0-4294967295
Default: No local preference
route <IPv4 or IPv6 There are different mechanisms, by which routes can be
Address>/<Mask matched against the configured subnet. A match type
Length> normal on must be configured following the subnet.
Accepts any route equal to or contained within the
specified network.
route <IPv4 or IPv6 There are different mechanisms, by which routes can be
Address>/<Mask matched against the configured subnet. A match type
Length> normal must be configured following the subnet.
restrict on Rejects all routes that match this policy rule, except those
that match a more specific filter that is set to "accept".
route <IPv4 or IPv6 Removes this address filter from this import policy.
Address>/<Mask
Length> off
route <IPv4 or IPv6 There are different mechanisms, by which routes can be
Address>/<Mask matched against the configured subnet. A match type
Length> refines on must be configured following the subnet.
Matches routes contained within the specified network,
but only more specific (for example, with a greater mask
length).
Parameter Description
route <IPv4 or IPv6 There are different mechanisms, by which routes can be
Address>/<Mask matched against the configured subnet. A match type
Length> refines must be configured following the subnet.
restrict on Rejects all routes that match this policy rule, except those
that match a more specific filter that is set to "accept".
route <IPv4 or IPv6 Assigns a BGP weight to all routes that match this filter,
Address>/<Mask except those that match a more specific filter with a
Length> weight {0- different weight value configured.
65535 | default} BGP stores any routes that are rejected by not mentioning
them in a route filter.
BGP explicitly mentions these rejected routes in the
routing table and assigns them a "restrict" keyword with a
negative weight.
A negative weight prevents a route from becoming active,
which means that it is not installed in the forwarding table
or exported to other protocols.
This feature eliminates the need to break and re-establish
a session upon reconfiguration if import policy is changed.
Note - The route weight cannot be configured in a
policy rule that is set to "restrict".
Range: 0-65535
Default: No weight
Example 1
Example 2
set inbound-route-filter[Esc][Esc]
n To see the configured IPv4 Inbound Route Filters, enter in Gaia Clish:
Syntax
Parameters
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
Example
Only accept subnets of [Link]/16, but do not accept the exact route itself.
set inbound-route-filter[Esc][Esc]
n To see the configured IPv4 Inbound Route Filters, enter in Gaia Clish:
Syntax
Parameters
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
Example
Accept all IPv4 routes except for [Link]/16 and its subnets.
n To see the configured IPv6 Inbound Route Filters, enter in Gaia Clish:
Syntax
Parameters
Parameter Description
set ipv6 inbound-route- Configures the IPv6 OSPFv3 Import Policy (for the
filter ospf3 [instance specified OSPF instance).
{<1-65535> | default}]
accept-all-ipv6 Accepts all IPv6 routes that match this filter, except
those route that are explicitly restricted by a more
specific rule.
Accepting routes is the default behavior, unless the
"restrict" option is configured.
rank {<0-255> | Assigns a rank to all incoming routes that match this
default} filter, except those that match a more specific rule
with a different rank configured.
Range: 0-255, or default
Default: The protocol rank configured for
"OSPF3ASE". Run the "show protocol-rank"
command.
restrict-all-ipv6 Rejects all IPv6 routes that match this filter, except
those that match a more specific filter that is set to
"accept".
Parameter Description
route <IPv6 Removes this address filter from this import policy.
Address>/<Mask Length>
off
route <IPv6 Assigns a rank to all incoming routes that match this
Address>/<Mask Length> filter, except those that match a more specific rule
rank {<0-255> | with a different rank configured.
default} Range: 0-255, or default
Default: The protocol rank configured for
"OSPF3ASE". Run the "show protocol-rank"
command.
Example
Accept all routes, but assign a different protocol rank to subnets of 5678::/64.
Important - In a Cluster, you must configure all the Cluster Members in the same way.
Route redistribution lets a router propagate routes between routing protocols - IPv4 or IPv6.
Route redistribution is also useful for advertising the default route, static routes, or aggregate
routes.
Note - Static routes take precedence over dynamic routes of any kind, native or
redistributed.
4. Click Save.
Parameter Description
Metric Configures the cost of the redistributed routes in the destination routing
protocol.
Parameter Description
Static Route Configures the static route to be redistributed into the destination routing
protocol:
n All IPv4 Routes
n Default
n All IPv6 Routes
Metric Configures the cost of the redistributed routes in the destination routing
protocol.
Note - This parameter is mandatory when configuring redistribution
into RIP.
Range:
n RIP: 1-16
n OSPFv2: 1-16777215
n BGP AS <Peer Group AS>: 1-4294967295
n RIPng: 2-16
n OSPFv3: 8-16777215
Parameter Description
Metric Configures the cost of the redistributed routes in the destination routing
protocol.
Note - This parameter is mandatory when configuring
redistribution into RIP.
Range:
n RIP: 1-16
n OSPFv2: 1-16777215
n BGP AS <Peer Group AS>: 1-4294967295
Parameter Description
Metric Configures the cost of the redistributed routes in the destination routing
protocol.
Parameter Description
network.
l Refines - Matches only routes that are contained within, but
Metric Configures the cost of the redistributed routes in the destination routing
protocol.
Note - This parameter is mandatory when configuring redistribution
into RIP.
Range:
n RIP: 1-16
n OSPFv2: 1-16777215
n BGP AS <Peer Group AS>: 1-4294967295
n RIPng: 2-16
n OSPFv3: 8-16777215
Parameter Description
network.
l Refines - Matches only routes that are contained within, but
Metric Configures the cost of the redistributed routes in the destination routing
protocol.
Range:
n OSPFv2: 1-16777215
n BGP AS <Peer Group AS>: 1-4294967295
Parameter Description
network.
l Refines - Matches only routes that are contained within, but
Metric Configures the cost of the redistributed routes in the destination routing
protocol.
Note - This parameter is mandatory when configuring redistribution
into RIP.
Range:
n RIP: 1-16
n OSPFv2: 1-16777215
n BGP AS <Peer Group AS>: 1-4294967295
RIP Tag Optional: Configures the RIP tag assigned to exported routes.
Range: 1-65535
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
From BGP Configures the AS_PATH regular expression that contains only digits
AS-Path and these special characters:
n . - The period character matches any single character.
n \ - The backslash character matches the character right after the
backslash. For pattern recall, match the pattern indicated by the
digit following the backslash.
n ^ - The circumflex character matches the characters or null string
at the beginning of the AS path.
n $ - The dollar character matches the characters or null string at the
end of the AS path.
n ? - The question mark matches zero or one occurrence of the
pattern before "?".
n * - The asterisk character matches zero or more occurrences of the
pattern before "*".
n + - The plus character matches one or more occurrences of the
pattern before "+".
n | - The pipeline (vertical line) character matches one of the patterns
on either side of the "|" character.
n _ - The underscore character matches comma (,), left brace ({),
right brace (}), beginning of ASPath (^), end of ASPath ($), or a
whitespace (space or tabulation).
n [ ] - The square brackets match the set of characters or range of
characters separated by a hyphen (-) within the brackets.
n ( ) - The round brackets group one or more patterns into a single
pattern.
n {m n} - Matches at least "m" and at most "n" repetitions of the
pattern before "{m,n}". Both "m" and "n" are positive integers, and
"m" is less than or equal to "n".
n {m} - Matches exactly "m" repetitions of the pattern before "{m}".
The "m" is a positive integer.
n {m,} - Matches "m" or more repetitions of the pattern before "{m}".
The "m" is a positive integer.
Configures the route origin:
n Any - A route was learned from any protocol and the path is
probably complete.
n IGP - A route was learned from an interior routing protocol and the
path is probably complete.
n EGP - A route was learned from an exterior routing protocol that
does not support AS-PATH, and the path is probably incomplete.
n Incomplete - The route path information is incomplete.
Parameter Description
network.
l Refines - Matches only routes that are contained within, but
Metric Configures the cost of the redistributed routes in the destination routing
protocol.
Note - This parameter is mandatory when configuring redistribution
into RIP.
Range:
n RIP: 1-16
n OSPFv2: 1-16777215
n BGP AS <Peer Group AS>: 1-4294967295
n RIPng: 2-16
n OSPFv3: 8-16777215
RIP Tag Optional: Configures the RIP tag assigned to exported routes.
Range: 1-65535
Automatic Optional: Automatically generates the external OSPF route tag based
Tag on the BGP AS.
If enabled, the tag is attached to external OSPF routes upon export.
Manual Tag Optional: Configures the external OSPF route tag assigned to exported
routes.
Note - The Manual Tag value takes precedence over the Automatic
Tag value when both are configured.
Range: 1-2147483647
Parameter Description
network.
l Refines - Matches only routes that are contained within, but
Metric Configures the cost of the redistributed routes in the destination routing
protocol.
Note - This parameter is mandatory when configuring redistribution
into RIP.
Range:
n RIP: 1-16
n OSPFv2: 1-16777215
n BGP AS <Peer Group AS>: 1-4294967295
n RIPng: 2-16
n OSPFv3: 8-16777215
Parameter Description
RIP Tag Optional: Configures the RIP tag assigned to exported routes.
Range: 1-65535
Automatic Optional: Automatically generates the external OSPF route tag based
Tag on the BGP AS.
If enabled, the tag is attached to external OSPF routes upon export.
Manual Tag Optional: Configures the external OSPF route tag assigned to exported
routes.
Note - The Manual Tag value takes precedence over the Automatic
Tag value when both are configured.
Range: 1-2147483647
Parameter Description
Metric Configures the cost of the redistributed routes in the destination routing
protocol.
Range: 1-4294967295
Parameter Description
network.
l Refines - Matches only routes that are contained within, but
Metric Configures the cost of the redistributed routes in the destination routing
protocol.
Range:
n BGP AS <Peer Group AS>: 1-4294967295
n OSPFv3: 1-16777215
Parameter Description
network.
l Refines - Matches only routes that are contained within, but
Metric Configures the cost of the redistributed routes in the destination routing
protocol.
Range:
n BGP AS <Peer Group AS>: 1-4294967295
n OSPFv3: 1-16777215
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > Route Redistribution.
2. In the BGP Redistribution Settings section, select a BGP Group and click Edit.
3. Configure the applicable settings:
n MED (Multi-Exit Discriminator) - The cost of using this route (0 - 4294967295)
n Local Preference - Local BGP route preference value when routes are
redistributed into BGP (0 - 4294967295). The greater the local preference, the
more preferred is the route.
n In the Match AS Numbers to Communities section, click Add.
Applies this redistribution rule only to BGP routes, whose BGP Community
attribute contains a specified Community.
Configure the applicable Community and AS Number.
Click OK.
n In the Append AS Numbers to Communities section, click Add.
Appends a BGP Community to routes exported through this rule.
Configure the applicable Community and AS Number.
Click OK.
n In the Match Extended Communities section, click Add.
Applies this redistribution rule only to BGP routes, whose BGP Extended
Community attributes match the configured settings.
Configure the settings and click OK.
l Route Origin
l L2VPN Identifier
l Source AS
l Route Origin
l Generic
l Source AS
l Route Origin
l OSPF Route ID
l L2VPN Identifier
l Route Origin
l L2VPN Identifier
l Source AS
l Route Origin
l Generic
l Source AS
l Route Origin
l OSPF Route ID
l L2VPN Identifier
4. Click Save.
set route-redistribution[Esc][Esc]
General Syntax
n To see the configured IPv4 Route Redistribution to a BGP Peer AS, enter in Gaia Clish:
These commands let you configure a policy for exporting routes to a BGP Peer AS.
Syntax to add redistribution to BGP Peer AS from - Interface
Parameters
Parameter Description
all-ipv6-routes Disables the redistribution of all IPv6 routes from this protocol.
off
all-ipv6-routes Enables the redistribution of all IPv6 routes from this protocol.
on
all-ipv4-routes Disables the redistribution of all IPv4 routes from this protocol.
off
all-ipv4-routes Enables the redistribution of all IPv4 routes from this protocol.
on
community-match Applies this redistribution rule only to BGP routes, whose BGP
<Community ID Community attribute contains a specified Community.
1-65535> as <AS
Number 1-65535>
{off | on}
Parameter Description
from aggregate Configures the IPv4 aggregate route to redistribute into BGP.
{all-ipv4-
routes | <IPv4
n all-ipv4-routes - Causes all aggregate routes to
Address>/<Mask match the rule and be redistributed into BGP.
Length>}
n <IPv4 Address>/<Mask Length> - Causes only the
specified route to match the rule and be redistributed into
BGP.
Range: Dotted-quad ([0-255].[0-255].[0-255].[0-255] / [0-
32])
Default: None
Parameter Description
from bgp-as- Configures the redistribution of BGP routes based on the AS-
path <Regular Path attribute.
Expression> A valid AS_PATH regular expression contains only digits and
these special characters:
n . - The period character matches any single character.
n \ - The backslash character matches the character right
after the backslash. For pattern recall, match the pattern
indicated by the digit following the backslash. To enter the
backslash character, enter two backslash characters (\\ -
the first backslash character escapes the second
backslash character).
n ^ - The circumflex character matches the characters or null
string at the beginning of the AS path.
n $ - The dollar character matches the characters or null
string at the end of the AS path.
n ? - The question mark matches zero or one occurrence of
the pattern before "?". To enter the question mark, press
the CTRL V keys and then press the SHISFT ? keys.
n * - The asterisk character matches zero or more
occurrences of the pattern before "*".
n + - The plus character matches one or more occurrences
of the pattern before "+".
n | - The pipeline (vertical line) character matches one of the
patterns on either side of the "|" character.
n _ - The underscore character matches comma (,), left
brace ({), right brace (}), beginning of ASPath (^), end of
ASPath ($), or a whitespace (space or tabulation).
n [ ] - The square brackets match the set of characters or
range of characters separated by a hyphen (-) within the
brackets.
n ( ) - The round brackets group one or more patterns into a
single pattern.
n {m n} - Matches at least "m" and at most "n" repetitions of
the pattern before "{m,n}". Both "m" and "n" are positive
integers, and "m" is less than or equal to "n".
n {m} - Matches exactly "m" repetitions of the pattern before "
{m}". The "m" is a positive integer.
n {m,} - Matches "m" or more repetitions of the pattern before
"{m}". The "m" is a positive integer.
from default- Configures the redistribution of all IPv4 routes into BGP.
origin
Parameter Description
from interface Configures the redistribution of all directly connected routes from
<Name of the specified interface to the given BGP AS.
Interface>
from interface Disables redistribution of routes from this interface into BGP.
<Name of
Interface> off
from ospf2 Configures the redistribution of IPv4 OSPFv2 routes (from the
[instance <OSPF specified OSPF instance).
Instance>]
from static- Configures the redistribution of static routes to the given BGP
route {all- AS:
ipv4-routes |
all-ipv6-routes
n all-ipv4-routes - Matches all IPv4 static routes.
| default |
n all-ipv6-routes - Matches all IPv6 static routes.
default6} n default - Matches the default IPv4 static route.
n default6 - Matches the default IPv6 static route.
from nat-pool Configures the redistribution of NAT Pools. See "NAT Pools" on
{all-ipv4- page 726.
routes | all-
ipv6-routes |
n all-ipv4-routes - Matches all IPv4 NAT Pools.
<IP
n all-ipv6-routes - Matches all IPv6 NAT Pools
Address>/<Mask n <IP Address>/<Mask Length> - Matches only the
Length>} specified NAT Pool.
localpref {0- Configures the local BGP route preference value, when routes
4294967295 | are redistributed into BGP.
default} The greater the local preference, the more preferred is the route.
Parameter Description
match-type Matches only routes with prefix and mask length exactly equal to
exact on the specified network.
match-type Matches any route with prefix equal to the specified network,
range between whose mask length falls within a particular range.
<Start Mask
Length> and
<End Mask
Length> on
match-type Matches only routes that are contained within, but more specific
refines on than, the specified network. For example, with a greater mask
length.
med {0- Configures the cost (Multi-Exit Discriminator) of using this route.
4294967295 |
default}
network <IPv4 Disables redistribution of the specified network routes into BGP.
or IPv6
Address>/<Mask
Length> off
network <IPv4 Enables redistribution of the specified network routes into BGP.
or IPv6
Address>/<Mask
Length> on
Parameter Description
Examples
n Redistribute all IPv4 default routes into BGP AS 100, and assign the cost of 10 to
them.
n Redistribute all IPv4 static routes into BGP AS 100, and assign the cost of 1 to them.
n Assign the BGP local preference of 100 to routes redistributed into BGP AS 100:
n To see the configured IPv4 Route Redistribution to OSPFv2, enter in Gaia Clish:
These commands let you configure a policy for exporting routes to OSPFv2.
Syntax to add redistribution to IPv4 OSPFv2 from - Interface
Parameters
Parameter Description
all-ipv4-routes Disables the redistribution of all IPv4 routes from this protocol.
off
all-ipv4-routes Enables the redistribution of all IPv4 routes from this protocol.
on
Parameter Description
from bgp-as- Configures the redistribution of BGP routes based on the AS-
path <Regular Path attribute.
Expression> A valid AS_PATH regular expression contains only digits and
these special characters:
n . - The period character matches any single character.
n \ - The backslash character matches the character right
after the backslash. For pattern recall, match the pattern
indicated by the digit following the backslash. To enter the
backslash character, enter two backslash characters (\\ -
the first backslash character escapes the second
backslash character).
n ^ - The circumflex character matches the characters or null
string at the beginning of the AS path.
n $ - The dollar character matches the characters or null
string at the end of the AS path.
n ? - The question mark matches zero or one occurrence of
the pattern before "?". To enter the question mark, press
the CTRL V keys and then press the SHISFT ? keys.
n * - The asterisk character matches zero or more
occurrences of the pattern before "*".
n + - The plus character matches one or more occurrences
of the pattern before "+".
n | - The pipeline (vertical line) character matches one of the
patterns on either side of the "|" character.
n _ - The underscore character matches comma (,), left
brace ({), right brace (}), beginning of ASPath (^), end of
ASPath ($), or a whitespace (space or tabulation).
n [ ] - The square brackets match the set of characters or
range of characters separated by a hyphen (-) within the
brackets.
n ( ) - The round brackets group one or more patterns into a
single pattern.
n {m n} - Matches at least "m" and at most "n" repetitions of
the pattern before "{m,n}". Both "m" and "n" are positive
integers, and "m" is less than or equal to "n".
n {m} - Matches exactly "m" repetitions of the pattern before "
{m}". The "m" is a positive integer.
n {m,} - Matches "m" or more repetitions of the pattern before
"{m}". The "m" is a positive integer.
Parameter Description
from interface Configures the redistribution of all directly connected routes from
<Name of the specified interface.
Interface>
from interface Disables redistribution of routes from this interface into OSPFv2.
<Name of
Interface> off
from ospf2 Configures the redistribution of IPv4 OSPFv2 routes (from the
[instance <OSPF specified OSPF instance).
Instance>]
from nat-pool Configures the redistribution of NAT Pools. See "NAT Pools" on
{all-ipv4- page 726.
routes | <IPv4
Address>/<Mask
n all-ipv4-routes - Matches all IPv4 NAT Pools.
Length>}
n <IPv4 Address>/<Mask Length> - Matches only the
specified IPv4 NAT Pool.
match-type Matches only routes with prefix and mask length exactly equal to
exact on the specified network.
Parameter Description
match-type Matches any route with prefix equal to the specified network,
range between whose mask length falls within a particular range.
<Start Mask
Length> and
<End Mask
Length> on
match-type Matches only routes that are contained within, but more specific
refines on than, the specified network. For example, with a greater mask
length.
Parameter Description
ospf-automatic- Modifies the OSPF route tag that was automatically generated
tag-value {<1- based on the BGP AS.
4095> | If this value is configured, then the tag is attached to external
default} OSPF routes upon export.
Range: 1-4095, or default
Default: No route tag
ospf-manual- Configures the value to place in the external OSPF route tag
tag-value {<1- field.
2147483647> | Important - This configuration overrides any automatic tag
default} configuration.
Range: 1-2147483647, or default
Default: No route ta
set route- Disables all route redistribution to this protocol (for the specified
redistribution OSPF instance).
to ospf2
[instance <OSPF
Instance>] off
Examples
n Redistribute all IPv4 routes from the interface eth2 into OSPFv2:
n Redistribute all routes from the interface eth0 into OSPFv2, and assign the metric of
50 to them:
n Redistribute all IPv4 routes for the IP addresses in the Autonomous System 100 into
OSPF (valid for OSPFv2 only), and assign the cost of 99 to them:
n Redistribute all IPv4 routes for the IP addresses in the Autonomous System 100 into
OSPF (valid for OSPFv2 only), except for routes for the network [Link]/16:
n To see the configured IPv4 Route Redistribution to RIP, enter in Gaia Clish:
These commands let you configure a policy for exporting routes to RIP.
Syntax to add redistribution to IPv4 RIP from - Interface
Parameters
Parameter Description
all-ipv4-routes Enables the redistribution of all IPv4 routes from this protocol.
metric <1-16>
on
all-ipv4-routes Disables the redistribution of all IPv4 routes from this protocol.
off
from aggregate Configures the IPv4 aggregate route to redistribute into RIP.
{all-ipv4-
routes | <IPv4
n all-ipv4-routes - Causes all aggregate routes to
Address>/<Mask match the rule and be redistributed into RIP.
Length>}
n <IPv4 Address>/<Mask Length> - Causes only the
specified route to match the rule and be redistributed into
RIP.
Range: Dotted-quad ([0-255].[0-255].[0-255].[0-255] / [0-
32])
Default: None
Parameter Description
from bgp-as- Configures the redistribution of BGP routes based on the AS-
path <Regular Path attribute.
Expression> A valid AS_PATH regular expression contains only digits and
these special characters:
n . - The period character matches any single character.
n \ - The backslash character matches the character right
after the backslash. For pattern recall, match the pattern
indicated by the digit following the backslash. To enter the
backslash character, enter two backslash characters (\\ -
the first backslash character escapes the second
backslash character).
n ^ - The circumflex character matches the characters or null
string at the beginning of the AS path.
n $ - The dollar character matches the characters or null
string at the end of the AS path.
n ? - The question mark matches zero or one occurrence of
the pattern before "?". To enter the question mark, press
the CTRL V keys and then press the SHISFT ? keys.
n * - The asterisk character matches zero or more
occurrences of the pattern before "*".
n + - The plus character matches one or more occurrences
of the pattern before "+".
n | - The pipeline (vertical line) character matches one of the
patterns on either side of the "|" character.
n _ - The underscore character matches comma (,), left
brace ({), right brace (}), beginning of ASPath (^), end of
ASPath ($), or a whitespace (space or tabulation).
n [ ] - The square brackets match the set of characters or
range of characters separated by a hyphen (-) within the
brackets.
n ( ) - The round brackets group one or more patterns into a
single pattern.
n {m n} - Matches at least "m" and at most "n" repetitions of
the pattern before "{m,n}". Both "m" and "n" are positive
integers, and "m" is less than or equal to "n".
n {m} - Matches exactly "m" repetitions of the pattern before "
{m}". The "m" is a positive integer.
n {m,} - Matches "m" or more repetitions of the pattern before
"{m}". The "m" is a positive integer.
Parameter Description
from interface Configures the redistribution of all directly connected routes from
<Name of the specified interface.
Interface>
from interface Disables redistribution of routes from this interface into RIP.
<Name of
Interface> off
from ospf2 Configures the redistribution of IPv4 OSPFv2 routes (from the
[instance <OSPF specified OSPF instance).
Instance>]
from nat-pool Configures the redistribution of NAT Pools. See "NAT Pools" on
{all-ipv4- page 726.
routes | <IPv4
Address>/<Mask
n all-ipv4-routes - Matches all IPv4 NAT Pools.
Length>}
n <IPv4 Address>/<Mask Length> - Matches only the
specified IPv4 NAT Pool.
match-type Matches only routes with prefix and mask length exactly equal to
exact on the specified network.
match-type Matches any route with prefix equal to the specified network,
range between whose mask length falls within a particular range.
<Start Mask
Length> and
<End Mask
Length> on
Parameter Description
match-type Matches only routes that are contained within, but more specific
refines on than, the specified network. For example, with a greater mask
length.
network <IPv4 Enables redistribution of the specified network routes into RIP.
or IPv6
Address>/<Mask
Length> metric
<1-16> on
network <IPv4 Disables redistribution of the specified network routes into RIP.
or IPv6
Address>/<Mask
Length> off
Parameter Description
Examples
n Redistribute all RIP routes for the network [Link]/16 that fall in the range
between [Link]/18 and [Link]/24 into OSPF (valid for OSPFv2 only):
n Redistribute all OSPF external routes into RIP, and assign the cost of 2 to them:
n Redistribute all OSPF external routes into RIP, and assign the RIP tag value of 20 to
them:
n Redistribute aggregate routes for the network [Link]/16 into RIP, and assign the cost
of 2 to them:
n Redistribute all routes for the network [Link]/16 from OSPF into RIP, and assign
the cost of 2 to them:
n Redistribute all external OSPFv2 routes for the network [Link]/16 into RIP, and
assign the metric of 3 to them:
n Redistribute all IPv4 routes that are learned from BGP AS 100 into RIP, and assign
the RIP tag value of 99 to them:
n Redistribute routes for network [Link]/16 that are originated in BGP AS 100 and
learned through any interior routing protocol, into RIP, and assign the cost of 10 to
them:
General Syntax
n To see the configured IPv6 Route Redistribution to OSPFv3, enter in Gaia Clish:
These commands let you configure a policy for exporting routes to OSPFv3.
Syntax to add redistribution to IPv6 OSPFv3 from - Interface
Parameters
Parameter Description
all-ipv6-routes Disables the redistribution of all IPv6 routes from this protocol.
off
all-ipv6-routes Enables the redistribution of all IPv6 routes from this protocol.
on
Parameter Description
from bgp-as- Configures the redistribution of BGP routes based on the AS-
path <Regular Path attribute.
Expression> A valid AS_PATH regular expression contains only digits and
these special characters:
n . - The period character matches any single character.
n \ - The backslash character matches the character right
after the backslash. For pattern recall, match the pattern
indicated by the digit following the backslash. To enter the
backslash character, enter two backslash characters (\\ -
the first backslash character escapes the second
backslash character).
n ^ - The circumflex character matches the characters or null
string at the beginning of the AS path.
n $ - The dollar character matches the characters or null
string at the end of the AS path.
n ? - The question mark matches zero or one occurrence of
the pattern before "?". To enter the question mark, press
the CTRL V keys and then press the SHISFT ? keys.
n * - The asterisk character matches zero or more
occurrences of the pattern before "*".
n + - The plus character matches one or more occurrences
of the pattern before "+".
n | - The pipeline (vertical line) character matches one of the
patterns on either side of the "|" character.
n _ - The underscore character matches comma (,), left
brace ({), right brace (}), beginning of ASPath (^), end of
ASPath ($), or a whitespace (space or tabulation).
n [ ] - The square brackets match the set of characters or
range of characters separated by a hyphen (-) within the
brackets.
n ( ) - The round brackets group one or more patterns into a
single pattern.
n {m n} - Matches at least "m" and at most "n" repetitions of
the pattern before "{m,n}". Both "m" and "n" are positive
integers, and "m" is less than or equal to "n".
n {m} - Matches exactly "m" repetitions of the pattern before "
{m}". The "m" is a positive integer.
n {m,} - Matches "m" or more repetitions of the pattern before
"{m}". The "m" is a positive integer.
Parameter Description
from interface Configures the redistribution of all directly connected routes from
<Name of the specified interface.
Interface>
from interface Disables redistribution of routes from this interface into OSPFv3.
<Name of
Interface> off
from ospf3 Configures the redistribution of IPv6 OSPFv3 routes (from the
[instance <OSPF specified OSPF instance).
Instance>]
from nat-pool Configures the redistribution of NAT Pools. See "NAT Pools" on
{all-ipv6- page 726.
routes | <IPv6
Address>/<Mask
n all-ipv6-routes - Matches all IPv4 NAT Pools.
Length>}
n <IPv6 Address>/<Mask Length> - Matches only the
specified IPv6 NAT Pool.
match-type Matches only routes with prefix and mask length exactly equal to
exact on the specified network.
match-type Matches only routes that are contained within, but more specific
refines on than, the specified network. For example, with a greater mask
length.
Parameter Description
set ipv6 route- Disables all route redistribution to this protocol (for the specified
redistribution OSPF instance).
to ospf3 off
Examples
n Redistribute the default IPv6 static route into OSPFv3, and assign the cost of 15000 to
it:
n Redistribute all IPv6 routes from the interface eth0 into OSPFv3 and assign the cost of
10 to them:
n Redistribute all RIPng routes for the network fd14:8502:5b14:456a::/64, including the
routes for the addresses within the network into OSPFv3:
n To see the configured IPv6 Route Redistribution to RIPng, enter in Gaia Clish:
These commands let you configure a policy for exporting routes to RIPng.
Syntax to add redistribution to IPv6 RIPng from - Interface
Parameters
Parameter Description
all-ipv6-routes Enables the redistribution of all IPv6 routes from this protocol.
metric <1-16>
on
all-ipv6-routes Disables the redistribution of all IPv6 routes from this protocol.
off
Parameter Description
from bgp-as- Configures the redistribution of BGP routes based on the AS-
path <Regular Path attribute.
Expression> A valid AS_PATH regular expression contains only digits and
these special characters:
n . - The period character matches any single character.
n \ - The backslash character matches the character right
after the backslash. For pattern recall, match the pattern
indicated by the digit following the backslash. To enter the
backslash character, enter two backslash characters (\\ -
the first backslash character escapes the second
backslash character).
n ^ - The circumflex character matches the characters or null
string at the beginning of the AS path.
n $ - The dollar character matches the characters or null
string at the end of the AS path.
n ? - The question mark matches zero or one occurrence of
the pattern before "?". To enter the question mark, press
the CTRL V keys and then press the SHISFT ? keys.
n * - The asterisk character matches zero or more
occurrences of the pattern before "*".
n + - The plus character matches one or more occurrences
of the pattern before "+".
n | - The pipeline (vertical line) character matches one of the
patterns on either side of the "|" character.
n _ - The underscore character matches comma (,), left
brace ({), right brace (}), beginning of ASPath (^), end of
ASPath ($), or a whitespace (space or tabulation).
n [ ] - The square brackets match the set of characters or
range of characters separated by a hyphen (-) within the
brackets.
n ( ) - The round brackets group one or more patterns into a
single pattern.
n {m n} - Matches at least "m" and at most "n" repetitions of
the pattern before "{m,n}". Both "m" and "n" are positive
integers, and "m" is less than or equal to "n".
n {m} - Matches exactly "m" repetitions of the pattern before "
{m}". The "m" is a positive integer.
n {m,} - Matches "m" or more repetitions of the pattern before
"{m}". The "m" is a positive integer.
Parameter Description
from interface Configures the redistribution of all directly connected routes from
<Name of the specified interface.
Interface>
from interface Disables redistribution of routes from this interface into RIPng.
<Name of
Interface> off
from ospf3 Configures the redistribution of IPv6 OSPFv3 routes (from the
[instance <OSPF specified OSPF instance).
Instance>]
from nat-pool Configures the redistribution of NAT Pools. See "NAT Pools" on
{all-ipv6- page 726.
routes | <IPv6
Address>/<Mask
n all-ipv6-routes - Matches all IPv4 NAT Pools.
Length>}
n <IPv6 Address>/<Mask Length> - Matches only the
specified IPv6 NAT Pool.
match-type Matches only routes with prefix and mask length exactly equal to
exact on the specified network.
match-type Matches only routes that are contained within, but more specific
refines on than, the specified network. For example, with a greater mask
length.
Parameter Description
Examples
n Redistribute all OSPFv3 External routes into RIPng, and assign the cost of 22 to them:
n Redistribute all routes for the network fd14:8502:5b14:456a::/64 from OSPFv3 into
RIPng, and assign the cost of 999 to them:
Routing protocols can use more than one route map when you set clear preference values for
each. The applicable route map with lowest preference value is checked first.
For more information, see sk100501: How to configure Routemaps in Gaia Clish.
n To see the available "set" commands for Routemaps, enter in Gaia Clish:
set routemap[Esc][Esc]
show routemaps
show routemap <Name of Route Map> {all | id <1-65535>}
Important - Some statements have an effect on some protocols only. The same
parameter cannot appear both as a "match" and as an "action" statement in a route
map. These include Community, Metric, and Nexthop.
Parameters
Parameter Description
match as <BGP AS Configures the Route Map to only match routes being
Number> {on | received from or advertised to the specified BGP Autonomous
off} System number.
Multiple AS match conditions can be configured for a given
Route Map ID.
A match will occur if any one of the AS match conditions
matches a given route.
Note - This match condition applies to both the
"import-routemap" and "export-routemap"
commands, but only when you use BGP. For example,
"set bgp import-routemap bar preference 1
on".
n <BGP AS Number> - Number 1 - 4294967295, or
65535.65535
n off - Removes the BGP Autonomous System match
condition.
n on - Creates the BGP Autonomous System match
condition.
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
match community Configures the Route Map to match the specified Community
<Community ID> as ID and Community AS number attributes of BGP routes.
<Community AS
Number 1-65535>
n off - Removes the BGP community match condition.
{on | off}
n on - Creates the BGP community match condition.
Parameter Description
match community Matches routes, which have the No-Advertise option set in the
no-advertise {on BGP Communities attribute.
| off} Routes with this value are not advertised to any BGP peers.
n off - Removes the BGP community match condition.
n on - Creates the BGP community match condition.
match community Matches routes, which have the No-Export option set in the
no-export {on | BGP Communities attribute.
off} Routes with this value are not exported outside a BGP
Confederation boundary.
This option also applies to stand-alone Autonomous Systems,
which are not part of a Confederation.
n off - Removes the BGP community match condition.
n on - Creates the BGP community match condition.
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
n type <Type>
Configures the BGP Extended Community type, which
determines the format of the BGP Extended Community
value, and whether it is transitive across ASes.
You can use Transitive types for eBGP.
You can use Non-Transitive types only for iBGP.
For more information, see RFC 4360.
Supported types:
l transitive-two-octet-as - Transitive Two
Octet AS
l non-transitive-two-octet-as - Non-
Octet AS
l non-transitive-four-octet-as - Non-
Address
Parameter Description
n subtype <Subtype>
Configures the Subtype for a BGP Extended
Community.
Supported subtypes (depend on the "Type"):
l bgp-data-collect - BGP Data Collection
l generic - Generic
l source-as - Source AS
n value <Value>
Supported values (depend on the "Type"):
l For the Type "transitive-two-octet-as":
as":
Format: <Two-Octet AS>:<Four-Octet
Value>
Valid values: <1-65535>:<0-4294967295>
l For the Type "transitive-four-octet-as":
as":
Format: <Four-Octet AS>:<Two-Octet
Value>
Valid values: <65536-4294967295>:<0-
65535>
l For the Type "transitive-ipv4-address":
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
match ifaddress Configures the Route Map to match the specified interface IP
<IPv4 or IPv6 address.
Address of The specified IP address is matched against the IP address of
Interface> {on | the interface, which received the route.
off} This match condition only applies to routes received through
dynamic routing protocols and is otherwise ignored.
For example, static routes match the Route Map, even though
they were not received from the interface IP address specified
by this match condition.
There can be multiple interface address match conditions
under the same Route Map ID.
This type of match condition applies to Route Maps, which are
used with the "import-routemap" command and with the
"export-routemap" command.
n off - Removes the interface address first hop match
condition.
n on - Creates the interface address first hop match
condition.
match interface Configures the Route Map to match the specified interface
<Name of name.
Interface> {on | There can be multiple interface match conditions under the
off} same Route Map ID.
This type of match condition applies to Route Maps, which are
used with the "import-routemap" command and with the
"export-routemap" command.
n off - Removes the interface name first hop match
condition.
n on - Creates the interface name first hop match
condition.
Parameter Description
match level Configures the Route Map to match only the specified IS-IS
{level-1 | level- route level.
2} {on | off} By default, the Route Map matches both IS-IS route levels.
n off - Removes the match condition for the specified IS-
IS route level.
n on - Creates the match condition for the specified IS-IS
route level.
match metric Configures the Route Map to match routes that have a
value <Metric> specific metric.
This match condition is applicable for RIP, BGP, and OSPF.
n For RIP and IPv6 RIP (RIPng), this matches the RIP
metric.
The valid range of values is 1 - 65535, where 16 or
greater indicates the route is unreachable.
n For OSPF and IPv6 OSPF (OSPFv3), this value
matches the route cost.
The valid range of values is 0 - 65535.
n For BGP, this value matches the MED.
The valid range of values is 0 - 4294967295.
match neighbor Configures the Route Map to match routes from the specified
<IPv4 or IPv6 neighbor.
Address of This match rule is only applicable for BGP or RIP and only
Network> {on | when you use the "import-routemap" command.
off} Multiple neighbor match conditions can be configured for a
given Route Map ID.
match network Configures the Route Map to match routes, which are based
<IPv4 or IPv6 on the specified IPv4 or IPv6 subnet.
Address of
Interface>/<Mask
Length>
match network ... Configures the Route Map to match all subnets, which are
all [restrict {on equal to, or contained within the specified IPv4 or IPv6
| off}] subnet.
n restrict off - Allows the matched subnets to be
exported or imported.
n restrict on - Prevents the matched subnets from
being exported or imported.
Parameter Description
match network ... Configures the Route Map to match routes that are within the
between <Start specified IPv4 or IPv6 subnet, and which have a mask length
Mask Length> and that is between the specified range of values.
<End Mask Length> To resolve conflicts in match conditions, Route Maps are
[restrict {on | ordered by ID.
off}] For a specified Route Map, the match conditions under ID 1
take precedence, followed by ID 2, and so on.
n restrict off - Allows the matched subnets to be
exported or imported.
n restrict on - Prevents the matched subnets from
being exported or imported.
match network ... Configures the Route Map to only match routes, which have
exact [restrict the same prefix and mask length as the specified IPv4 or IPv6
{on | off}] subnet.
n restrict off - Allows the matched subnets to be
exported or imported.
n restrict on - Prevents the matched subnets from
being exported or imported.
match network ... Configures the Route Map to match routes, which are
refines [restrict contained within the specified IPv4 or IPv6 subnet.
{on | off}] Routes that exactly match the specified subnet (have the
same mask length), are excluded from the match.
n restrict off - Allows the matched subnets to be
exported or imported.
n restrict on - Prevents the matched subnets from
being exported or imported.
match nexthop Configures the Route Map to match routes that have the
<IPv4 or IPv6 specified IPv4 or IPv6 next hop gateway address.
Address of Next Multiple next hop match conditions can be configured for a
Hop Gateway> {on given Route Map ID.
| off} A match occurs, if any of the next hop values are matched by
a specified route.
This match is only applicable when you use the "export-
routemap" command to export BGP, RIP, or OSPF routes.
Parameter Description
match prefix-list Configures the Route Map to match the specified Prefix List.
<Prefix List> Each route is matched against the specified prefix list's
prefixes and is accepted or rejected according to the prefix
list's policy.
Multiple prefix lists may be matched, and are considered in
order of preference (from low to high).
Prefix lists may be used for either "export-routemap" or
"import-routemap" commands.
A specified Route Map ID may only match one of these types:
n Prefix List
n Prefix Tree
n Network
match prefix-list Removes the match condition for the specified Prefix List.
<Prefix List> off
Parameter Description
match prefix-tree Configures the Route Map to match the specified Prefix Tree.
<Prefix Tree> Each route is matched against the specified prefix tree's
prefixes and is accepted or rejected according to the prefix
tree's policy.
Multiple prefix trees may be matched, and will be considered
in order of preference (from low to high).
Prefix trees may be used for either "export-routemap" or
"import-routemap" commands.
A specified Route Map ID may only match one of the following
types:
n Prefix List
n Prefix Tree
n Network
Parameter Description
match protocol Configures the Route Map to match routes of the specified
<Protocol> protocol type.
Use this match for route redistribution between protocols.
n aggregate - Aggregate routes
n bgp - BGP routes
n direct -Interface routes
n kernel - OS kernel (injected) routes
n ospf2 - IPv4 OSPFv2
n ospf2ase - IPv4 OSPFv2 External routes
n ospf3 - IPv6 OSPFv3 routes
n ospf3ase - IPv6 OSPFv3 External routes
n rip - IPv4 RIP routes
n ripng - IPv6 RIPng routes
n static - Static routes
match remove Removes the BGP AS-Path RegEx match condition from this
aspath-regex Route Map ID.
match remove Removes all BGP Community match conditions from this
community Route Map ID.
match remove Removes all BGP Community RegEx match conditions from
community-regex this Route Map ID.
match remove Removes all interface address match conditions from this
ifaddress Route Map ID.
match remove Removes all interface name match conditions from this Route
interface Map ID.
match remove Removes the IS-IS route level match conditions from this
level Route Map ID.
Parameter Description
match remove Removes the metric match conditions from this Route Map
metric ID.
match remove Removes the IS-IS metric type match conditions from this
metric-type Route Map ID.
match remove Removes the neighbor match conditions from this Route Map
neighbor ID.
match remove Removes the network address match conditions from this
network Route Map ID.
match remove Removes the nex thop gateway match conditions from this
nexthop Route Map ID.
match remove Removes the OSPF instance match conditions from this
ospf-instance Route Map ID.
match remove Removes the Prefix List match conditions from this Route
prefix-list Map ID.
match remove Removes the prefix tree match conditions from this Route
prefix-tree Map ID.
match remove Removes the protocol match conditions from this Route Map
protocol ID.
match remove Removes all route type match conditions from this Route Map
route-type ID.
match remove tag Removes all OSPF Tag match conditions from this Route
Map ID.
Parameter Description
match route-type Configures the Route Map to match the specified route type.
{type-1 | type-2 This match condition is only applicable when used with the
| inter-area | "export-routemap" command to export routes to other
intra-area} {on | routers through OSPFv2 or OSPFv3.
off} For example: set ospf export-routemap foo id 1
on
n If you configure the route type of inter-area or
intra-area, then configure the protocol match to
ospf2.
n If you configure the route type of type-1 or type-2,
then configure the protocol match condition to
ospf2ase.
During the export OSPF ASE routes to other protocols, if the
metric match condition is set, but the route type match
condition is not set, the routing system tries to match the
metric value for both type-1 and type-2 routes.
There can be multiple route type match conditions.
n off - Removes the OSPF route type match condition.
n on - Creates the OSPF route type match condition.
match tag <1- Configures the Route Map to match OSPF external routes
4294967295> {on | with the specified tag value.
off} Multiple tag match conditions can be added to a given Route
Map ID to broaden the range of tag values which are
matched.
Currently this feature can only be used to export OSPF routes
to BGP.
n off - Removes the OSPF tag match condition.
n on - Creates the OSPF tag match condition.
Parameter Description
action community Configures the Route Map to append a BGP Community with
<Community ID> as the specified BGP Community ID and BGP Community AS
<Community AS number to the Community Action List.
Number 1-65535>
{on | off}
n off - Removes the BGP community action.
n on - Creates the BGP community action.
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
n type <Type>
Configures the BGP Extended Community type, which
determines the format of the BGP Extended Community
value, and whether it is transitive across ASes.
You can use Transitive types for eBGP.
You can use Non-Transitive types only for iBGP.
For more information, see RFC 4360.
Supported types:
l transitive-two-octet-as - Transitive Two
Octet AS
l non-transitive-two-octet-as - Non-
Octet AS
l non-transitive-four-octet-as - Non-
Address
Parameter Description
n subtype <Subtype>
Configures the Subtype for a BGP Extended
Community.
Supported subtypes (depend on the "Type"):
l bgp-data-collect - BGP Data Collection
l generic - Generic
l source-as - Source AS
n value <Value>
Supported values (depend on the "Type"):
l For the Type "transitive-two-octet-as":
as":
Format: <Two-Octet AS>:<Four-Octet
Value>
Valid values: <1-65535>:<0-4294967295>
l For the Type "transitive-four-octet-as":
as":
Format: <Four-Octet AS>:<Two-Octet
Value>
Valid values: <65536-4294967295>:<0-
65535>
l For the Type "transitive-ipv4-address":
Parameter Description
action localpref Configures the local preference for iBGP routes which match
<0-65535> this Route Map.
This action only applies to the iBGP protocol, and only to
Route Maps, which are used with the "import-routemap"
command.
action metric add Increments the metric of matching routes by the specified
<1-4294967295> amount.
This action only applies when:
n You export OSPF/OSPFv3 or RIP/RIPng routes to BGP
with the "set bgp ... export-routemap" command
n You import RIP/RIPng routes from other routers with the
"import-routemap" command
Otherwise, this action has no effect. For example, when you
import OSPF/OSPFv3 routes from other routers.
n When you export routes to BGP, the valid range of
values for the resulting metric is 0 - 4294967295.
n When you import routes from RIP, the valid range of the
resulting value is 1 - 65535, where 16 or greater causes
the route to be treated as unreachable and not be
installed in the kernel routing table.
n When you import routes from OSPF, the valid range of
the resulting value is 0 - 65535.
action metric igp Configures the metric to the RIP metric value and adds the
add <1- specified constant to it.
4294967295> This action only applies when you export OSPF/OSPFv3 or
RIP/RIPng routes to BGP with the "set bgp ... export-
routemap" command. Otherwise, this action has no effect.
The valid range of values for the resulting metric is 0 -
4294967295.
action metric igp Configures the metric to the RIP metric value and subtracts
subtract <1- the specified constant from it.
4294967295> This action only applies when you export OSPF/OSPFv3 or
RIP/RIPng routes to BGP with the "set bgp ... export-
routemap" command. Otherwise, this action has no effect.
The valid range of values for the resulting metric is 0 -
4294967295.
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
action metric- Configures the IS-IS metric type for exported routes.
type {internal | Exported IS-IS routes have two metric types - internal and
external} external.
When considering which neighbors to install a route toward,
internal metrics are preferred over external metrics.
By default, routes exported into IS-IS are exported with
internal metrics.
Note - When using wide metrics, this action has no
effect. Wide metrics cannot differentiate between internal
and external. Therefore, all routes sent with wide metrics
are considered internal.
action nexthop ip Configures the IPv4 next hop address for matching BGP
<IPv4 Address of routes.
Next Hop Gateway> The next hop address value in the match condition cannot be
a link-local address.
This action only applies when you import BGP routes from, or
export BGP routes to another router.
When operating as a route reflector, the next hop is not
changed for any route learned from iBGP when the route is
being exported to an internal BGP peer.
action nexthop Configures the IPv6 next hop address for matching BGP
ipv6 <IPv6 routes.
Address of Next The next hop address value in the match condition cannot be
Hop Gateway> a link-local address.
This action only applies when you import BGP routes from, or
export BGP routes to another router.
When operating as a route reflector, the next hop is not
changed for any route learned from iBGP when the route is
being exported to an internal BGP peer.
action Configures the automatic tag for OSPF external routes that
ospfautomatictag match the Route Map.
<0-4095> This action only applies when you export non-OSPF routes
into OSPF with the "export-routemap" command.
See RFC 1403 for more information on OSPF tags.
action Configures the manual tag for OSPF external routes that
ospfmanualtag <1- match this Route Map ID.
4294967295> This action only applies when you export non-OSPF routes
into OSPF with the "export-routemap" command.
See RFC 1403 for more information on OSPF tags.
Parameter Description
action precedence Configures the precedence of routes, which match this Route
<0-65535> Map ID.
If the same route is being imported into the kernel routing
table from multiple sources (multiple protocols), the
precedence values are compared to determine which route is
preferred.
The lower value has priority.
The non-preferred routes are marked as inactive and not
installed in the kernel.
This action only applies when you use the "import-
routemap" command.
action preference Configures the BGP preference of routes, which match this
<0-65535> Route Map ID.
This action applies only to routes received via BGP
advertisements.
This is equivalent to the BGP weight (in Cisco terms) of the
route.
However, unlike Cisco, the route with lower value is preferred.
Routes with any weight are preferred over routes without a
weight.
The preference value is only applicable for the local router.
action prefix- Configures the Prefix List, which matches this Route Map ID.
list <Prefix
List>
action prefix- Configures the Prefix List, which matches this Route Map ID.
list <Prefix This configuration is required for routemaps used as inject-
List> routemaps by dynamic routing protocols.
Inject-routemaps insert prefixes in the action Prefix List to the
routing table if a condition is satisfied.
You cannot configure this action on routemaps with more than
one Route Map ID.
The injected routes will be the "exact" prefixes, even if you
use the options "all", "between", or "refines" in the Prefix
List configuration.
action remove Removes all Community action statements from this Route
community Map ID.
Parameter Description
action remove Removes the local preference action statements from this
localpref Route Map ID.
action remove Removes the metric action statements from this Route Map
metric ID.
action remove Removes the IPv4 next hop action from this Route Map ID.
nexthop ip
action remove Removes the IPv6 next hop action from this Route Map ID.
nexthop ipv6
action remove Removes the OSPF automatic tag action statements from this
ospfautomatictag Route Map ID.
action remove Removes the OSPF manual tag action statements from this
ospfmanualtag Route Map ID.
action remove Removes the precedence action statements from this Route
precedence Map ID.
action remove Removes the preference action statements from this Route
preference Map ID.
action remove Removes the Prefix List action statements from this Route
prefix-list Map ID.
action remove Removes the RIP tag action statements from this Route Map
riptag ID.
action remove Removes the route type action statements from this Route
route-type Map ID.
action riptag <1- Configures the RIP tag for external routes that match this
65535> Route Map ID.
action route-type This action only applies when you export non-RIP routes into
{type-1 | type-2} RIP with the "export-routemap" command.
See RFC 2453 for more information on RIP route tags.
Parameter Description
set routemap Removes (off) or creates (on) this Route Map ID.
<Name of Route Range: 1-65535
Map> id {<1- Default: 10
65535> | default}
{on | off}
n To see the available "set" commands for Routemaps, enter in Gaia Clish:
set routemap[Esc][Esc]
show routemaps
show routemap <Name of Route Map> {all | id <1-65535>}
n To see the available commands for IPv4 RIP Routemaps, enter in Gaia Clish:
n To see the available commands for IPv6 RIPng Routemaps, enter in Gaia Clish:
n To see the available commands for IPv4 OSPFv2 Routemaps, enter in Gaia Clish:
n To see the available commands for IPv6 OSPFv3 Routemaps, enter in Gaia Clish:
n To see the available commands for IPv4 BGP Routemaps, enter in Gaia Clish:
n To see the available commands for IS-IS Routemaps, enter in Gaia Clish:
Parameters
Parameter Description
family {inet | inet6 | Restricts this Route Map to match only routes with the
inet-and-inet6} specified address family or families.
n inet - Ensures this Route Map is applied only to
IPv4 routes.
n inet6 - Ensures this Route Map is applied only
to IPv6 routes.
n inet-and-inet6 - Configure this option, if the
Route Map must be applied to all routes.
Default: inet
Note - The same parameter cannot appear both as a match and action statement in a
routemap. These include Community, Metric, and Nexthop.
RIP
n Import Match conditions: metric, network, prefix-list, prefix-tree,
nexthop, interface, ifaddress, neighbor
n Import Actions: precedence, metric
n Export Match Conditions: network, prefix-list, prefix-tree, metric,
nexthop, interface, ifaddress, protocol
n Export Actions: metric, riptag (from other protocols)
BGP
Import Match Conditions: network, prefix-List, prefix-tree, metric,
nexthop, interface, ifaddress, as, aspath-regex, community,
community-regex, extcommunity, extcommunity-regex, large-community,
large-community-regex, neighbor
IS-IS
Export Match Conditions: network, metric, nexthop, interface, ifaddress,
protocol, level, metric-type, tag (export from ospf)
Export Actions: metric, metric-type
Redistribute interface route for eth3 into OSPF, and set the OSPF route-type to AS type-2
with cost 20:
Example 2
Do not accept routes from RIP neighbor [Link], accept routes from neighbor [Link]
as is, and for all other routes increment the metric by 2:
Example 3
Example 4
Do not match OSPF2 or OSPF2ASE, they are both matched implicitly for this ID.
Example 5
Redistribute all OSPFv3 (internal and external) routes into BGP group 400.
Set the outgoing community string to 'no-export, 200 as 100'.
For BGP IPv6 routes, send them with an empty community string.
For all routes set the nexthop value to 3003::abcd:1012 (the address on the interface
connecting to the peers).
Note - To exchange IPv6 routes in BGP the multiprotocol capability must be turned
ON in BGP Configuration for the peer.
set routemap ospf3-to-bgp id 10 on
set routemap ospf3-to-bgp id 10 match protocol ospf3 #OSPF3
INTERNAL ROUTES
set routemap ospf3-to-bgp id 10 action community replace on
set routemap ospf3-to-bgp id 10 action community no-export on
set routemap ospf3-to-bgp id 10 action community 200 as 100 on
set routemap ospf3-to-bgp id 10 action nexthop ipv6
3003::abcd:1012
Example 6
Example 7
List Description
Prefix List Simulate a sequential lookup and return the first matched entry as the true
match.
Prefix list name:
n Can be up to 16 characters in length
n Can contain only letters, numbers, '-', '_', or '.'
Example 1
Configure a prefix list called non-local to restrict prefixes [Link]/16, [Link]/8, and
[Link]/12, but allow all other IPv4 prefixes:
Example 2
Configure a prefix-list called "no-5-net" to restrict prefix [Link]/8 but allow all other /8
prefixes.
Any other prefixes will not be matched by this list (and therefore will be restricted unless
another prefix list matches them):
Example 1
Configure a prefix tree called non-local to restrict all prefixes with mask lengths, which are
shorter than or equal to /8, [Link]/16, and [Link]/12, but allow all other IPv4
prefixes:
Example 2
Configure a prefix tree named "10-net" to allow [Link]/24, restrict all sub-prefixes of
[Link]/16, and allow all sub-prefixes of [Link]/8, except [Link]/8 itself.
Any other prefixes will not be matched by this list (and thus will be restricted unless another
prefix tree matches them):
Routing Options
This chapter describes routing options that apply to all dynamic routing protocols.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > Routing Options.
2. Configure the applicable settings.
3. In the Routing Options section (at the top), click Reload.
Important - Do not use this button to add or remove routing options. Use the
Apply button located at the top of this page.
A hash function is performed on the source and destination IP address of each packet that is
forwarded to a multipath destination.
This result is used to determine which next hop to use.
Important:
n In a Cluster, you must configure all the Cluster Members in the same way.
n If you change the current number of equal cost paths, the routing system
reinstalls all routes. This causes a traffic outage.
Range: 1-8
Default: 8
b. In the Path Selection Algorithm field, select the applicable algorithm:
n 2-tuple Hash - Based on the hash of Source and Destination (this is the
default)
n 5-tuple Hash - Based on the hash of Source, Destination, Source Port,
Destination Port, and Protocol
3. In the Routing Options section (at the top), click Apply.
Range: 1-8
Default: 8
2. Configure the applicable path selection algorithm:
save config
cat /proc/sys/net/ipv4/fib_multipath_hash_policy
Kernel Options
Introduction
Route Injection Mechanism (RIM) enables a Security Gateway to use dynamic routing
protocols to propagate the encryption domain of a VPN peer Security Gateway to the internal
network and then initiate back connections.
When a Security Gateway establishes a VPN tunnel, RIM updates the local routing table of the
Security Gateway to include the encryption domain of the VPN peer.
In Gaia, the Route Injection Mechanism adds routes directly to the kernel.
You must explicitly configure Gaia to keep these routes in the kernel.
For more about configuring RIM, see the R82.10 Site to Site VPN Administration Guide.
Important:
n In a Cluster, you must configure all the Cluster Members in the same way.
n If you configure a Cloning Group and ISP Redundancy on a Security Gateway /
Cluster / Security Group, then you must enable "Kernel Routes".
set kernel-routes on
save config
save config
Protocol Rank
In This Section:
Introduction 657
Default Protocol Ranks 658
Configuring Protocol Rank in Gaia Portal 659
Configuring Protocol Rank in Gaia Clish 659
Introduction
Rank is used by the routing system when there are routes from different protocols to the same
destination.
For each route, the route from the protocol with lowest rank number is used.
The protocol rank is the value that the routing daemon uses to order routes from different
protocols to the same destination.
It is an arbitrarily assigned value used to determine the order of routes to the same destination.
Each route has only one rank associated with it, even though rank can be set at many places in
the configuration.
The route derives its rank from the most specific route match among all configurations.
The active route is the route installed into the kernel forwarding table by the routing daemon.
In the case where the same route is contributed by more than one protocol, the one with the
lowest rank becomes the active route.
Rank cannot be used to control the selection of routes within a dynamic Interior Gateway
Protocol (IGP). This is accomplished automatically by the protocol and is based on the
protocol metric.
Instead, rank is used to select routes from the same Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP) learned
from different peers or autonomous systems.
Some protocols - BGP and aggregate - allow for routes with the same rank.
To choose the active route in these cases, a separate tie breaker is used. This tie breaker is
called LocalPref for BGP and Weight for aggregates.
Interface routes 0
Static routes 60
Kernel 200
Important - These numbers do not generally need to be changed from their
defaults. Use caution when modifying the default route ranks. Rank affects the
route selection process, so unexpected consequences may occur throughout the
network. Such a change should be planned carefully and take into account both
the protocols being used and the location of the router in the network.
Important - In a Cluster, you must configure all the Cluster Members in the same way.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > Routing Options.
2. In the Protocol Rank section, enter the rank for the applicable protocol.
Notes:
n Leave the fields empty to use the default ranks.
n To configure the rank of kernel routes, use Gaia Clish.
n To configure the rank of OSPF and OSPF 3, select the applicable
Parameters
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
ospf [instance {<1- Configures the rank for IPv4 OSPFv2 routes (for the
65535> | default}] specified OSPF Instance).
ospfase [instance {<1- Configures the rank for IPv4 OSPFv2 External
65535> | default}] routes (for the specified OSPF Instance).
ospf3 [instance {<1- Configures the rank for IPv6 OSPFv3 routes (for the
65535> | default}] specified OSPF Instance).
ospf3ase [instance {<1- Configures the rank for IPv6 OSPFv3 External
65535> | default}] routes (for the specified OSPF Instance).
Note - If the interface route was deleted, and the option was disabled at that time,
then bring down the applicable interface and then bring up the interface. You can
change the state of the interface in Gaia Portal, Gaia Clish
Important - In a Cluster, you must configure all the Cluster Members in the same way.
2. In the Advanced Routing Options section, select Auto Restore of Iface Routes.
3. In the Routing Options section (at the top), click Apply.
save config
show router-options
save config
show router-options
Multithreading
You can configure Gaia to run the Routing Daemon in multithreaded mode.
This increases the responsiveness of monitoring operations during heavy traffic load.
Important:
n In a Cluster, you must configure all the Cluster Members in the same way.
n Changing the setting of this option restarts the routing daemon, which causes
traffic outage.
save config
show router-options
save config
show router-options
save config
show router-options
save config
show router-options
/var/log/routed_ Dedicated file that contains only the RouteD log messages.
messages In Gaia versions R80 and higher, the RouteD writes to this file
by default.
/var/log/messages This file contains log messages from different daemons and
from the operating system.
In Gaia versions R77.30 and lower, the RouteD writes to this
file by default.
Best Practice - Configure the RouteD to write its log
messages to the /var/log/routed_messages file.
Important:
n In a Cluster, you must configure all the Cluster Members in the same way.
n When you change this configuration, it is not necessary to restart the RouteD
daemon, or reboot.
Step Instructions
1 From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > Routing Options.
3 In the Maximum File Size field, enter the size (in megabytes) for each log file.
The default size is 1 MB.
When the active log file /var/log/routed_messages reaches the
maximum configured size, the Gaia OS rotates it and creates
the new /var/log/routed_messages file.
4 In the Maximum Number of Files field, enter the maximum number of log files
to keep.
The default is to keep 10 log files:
n /var/log/routed_messages
n /var/log/routed_messages.0
n /var/log/routed_messages.1
n ...
n /var/log/routed_messages.9
If the number of all log files reaches the maximum configured number, the Gaia
OS deletes the oldest file, and rotates the existing files.
The file names end with a number suffix. The greater the suffix number, the
older the file.
5 Click Apply.
Step Instructions
When the number of log files reaches the maximum configured number, the
Gaia OS deletes the oldest log file and rotates the existing log files.
The file names end with a number suffix. The greater the suffix number, the
older the log file.
Shel
Command Expected output
l
Gaia show n If default values were used for "maxnum" and "size":
Clish configura set routedsyslog on
tion
routedsys n If custom values were configured for "maxnum" and
log "size":
set routedsyslog on
set routedsyslog maxnum <Configured_
Value>
set routedsyslog size <Configured_Value>
Exp grep n If default values were used for "maxnum" and "size":
ert routedsys routed:instance:default:routedsyslog t
mod log
e /config/a n If custom values were configured for "maxnum" and
ctive "size":
routed:instance:default:routedsyslog t
routed:instance:default:routedsyslog:siz
e <Configured_Value>
routed:instance:default:routedsyslog:fil
es <Configured_Value>
Important:
n On Scalable Platforms, you must run the applicable commands in Gaia
gClish of the applicable Security Group.
n On Scalable Platforms, you must run the applicable commands in the Expert
mode on the applicable Security Group.
Important:
n There is no such option in Gaia Portal.
n In a Cluster, you must configure all the Cluster Members in the same way.
n Changing the setting of this option restarts all OSPFv2 and OSPFv3 instances,
which causes traffic outage.
save config
show router-options
save config
show router-options
Trace Options
In This Section:
The routing system can optionally log information about errors and events.
Logging is configured for each protocol or globally.
Logging is not generally enabled during normal operations, because it can decrease
performance.
Log messages are saved in the /var/log/[Link].* files.
For detailed example instructions, see these procedures:
n sk84520: How to debug OSPF and RouteD daemon on Gaia
n sk101399: How to debug BGP and RouteD daemon on Gaia
n sk92598: How to debug PIM and Multicast on Gaia
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > Routing Options.
2. Click the Configuration tab.
3. In the Trace Options section, configure:
n Maximum Trace File Size - Enter a value between 1 to 2047 MB (the default is
1 MB).
Note - When the active file reaches this size, Gaia rotates it - renames
the active file to /var/log/[Link].<N> and creates a new
active file. The cycle repeats until the total number of these log files
reaches the configured number.
n Number of Trace Files - Enter a number between 1 to 4294967295 (the default
is 10). The is the total number of the log files /var/log/[Link].* to
keep. When the total number of these log files reaches the configured number,
Gaia deletes the oldest file.
n Filter Visible Tables Below - Select which trace tables to show below. By
default, Gaia Portal shows all available tables (Show All).
n For each applicable set of trace options:
a. In the applicable trace table, select the applicable options.
To select multiple options, press and hold down the Shift key while you
click the options.
b. Above the trace table, click Add.
Important:
l In the trace table Global, you can enable the tracing of a specific
routing option for all protocols. For example, enable the tracing of
Cluster option.
l In the trace table Global, you can enable the tracing of all routing
a. /var/log/[Link]*
b. /var/log/routed_messages*
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > Routing Options.
2. In the top right corner, click the Monitoring tab.
3. In the Trace File field, select the /var/log/[Link] file.
4. In the Number of lines field, enter the applicable number of lines to show.
Range: 5-100
Default: 40
set trace
bfd <Trace Option> {off | on}
bgp <Trace Option> {off | on}
bootp <Trace Option> {off | on}
cluster <Trace Option> {off | on}
dhcp6relay <Trace Option> {off | on}
global <Trace Option> {off | on}
icmp <Trace Option> {off | on}
igmp <Trace Option> {off | on}
ip-reachability-detection <Trace Option> {off | on}
iphelper <Trace Option> {off | on}
ipsec-routing <Trace Option> {off | on}
isis <Trace Option> {off | on}
kernel <Trace Option> {off | on}
mfc <Trace Option> {off | on}
mfc-static <Trace Option> {off | on}
mfc6 <Trace Option> {off | on}
mld <Trace Option> {off | on}
ospf <Trace Option> {off | on}
ospf3 <Trace Option> {off | on}
pbr <Trace Option> {off | on}
pim <Trace Option> {off | on}
pim6 <Trace Option> {off | on}
rip <Trace Option> {off | on}
ripng <Trace Option> {off | on}
router-discovery <Trace Option> {off | on}
router-discovery6 <Trace Option> {off | on}
routing-event-trigger <Trace Option> {off | on}
static-route <Trace Option> {off | on}
vrrp <Trace Option> {off | on}
vrrp6 <Trace Option> {off | on}
Note - To configure several trace options in the specified category, you must
run the command once for every trace option in the specified category.
For example:
set trace ospf hello on
set trace ospf lsa on
save config
Parameters
Parameter Description
<Trace Option> Disables (off) or enables (on) the specific trace option in the
{off | on} specified category.
To configure all available options in the specified category, enter
all.
global <Trace Disables (off) or enables (on) the specific trace option in all
Option> {off | categories.
on} To configure all available options in all categories, enter all.
adv Trace the allocation of and freeing of policy blocks in this category.
general Trace the events related to "normal" and "route" options in this
category.
graft Trace the "Graft" and "Graft Acknowledgment" packets in this category.
group Trace the multicast group "Add", "Delete", "Refresh", and "Accelerated
Leave" events in this category.
mfc Trace calls to or from the Multicast Forwarding Cache in this category.
open Trace the BGP "Open" messages to this peer (used to establish a peer
connection).
parse Trace the lexical analyzer and parser events in this category.
query Trace the multicast group membership "Query" packets (both general
and group-specific) in this category.
remnants Trace the kernel routes at the time when the routing daemon starts.
state Trace the state machine transitions in the protocols in this category.
task Trace the system interface and processing events in this category.
wrongif Trace the kernel multicast incoming physical interface and register
violation notifications in this category.
3. Zero or more actions to perform when the decision program decides to do so (specified
with the "do" sub-command).
4. A decision program (specified with the "trigger" sub-command).
show routing-event-trigger
instance <Name of Instance> [detailed-history]
instances [detailed-history]
Parameters
Parameter Description
instance <Name of Specifies the name of the routing event trigger instance.
Instance> Notes:
n The length of this string must be between 1-16
characters.
n This string must contain only these characters:
l lowercase letters (a-z)
l digits (0-9)
l minus (-)
l underscore (_)
l period (.)
Parameter Description
do fail-bgp-peer <BGP Specifies the action to fail the BGP neighborship with BGP
Peer> {on | off} peers (even if it would otherwise be "Established").
n on - Adds this action to the instance configuration.
n off - Removes this action from the instance
configuration.
Parameter Description
do ... hold-down {on Specifies to keep doing the triggered action, even after the
| off} conditions which triggered it do not exist anymore.
Important - To cancel this, you must run this
command:
set routing-event-trigger hold-down
reset
Range: off, on
Default: off
monitor bgp-peer- Monitors the state of BGP with a single BGP peer.
established <IPv4 or This monitor reacts to changes in the BGP neighborship
IPv6 of BGP Peer> {on state "Established" .
| off} This monitor condition becomes "true" if at least one of
these occurs:
n BGP neighborship with the BGP peer reached the
"Established" state.
n BGP neighborship with the BGP peer never reached
the "Established" state since the dynamic routing
startup.
n ClusterXL failover occurs.
Parameter Description
hold-down reset Cancels the "hold down" status for the triggered action.
Router Discovery
The ICMP Router Discovery protocol is an IETF standard protocol that allows hosts running an
ICMP router discovery client to learn dynamically about the presence of a viable default router
on a LAN.
It is intended to be used instead of having hosts wiretap routing protocols such as RIP.
It is used in place of, or in addition to, statically configured default routes in hosts.
Note - Only the server portion of the Router Discovery Protocol is supported.
Gaia implements only the ICMP router discovery server portion, which means that a Check
Point router can advertise itself as a candidate default router, but it will not adopt a default
router using the router discovery protocol.
The ICMP Router Discovery Service provides a mechanism for hosts attached to a multicast or
broadcast network to discover the IP addresses of their neighboring routers.
This section describes how you can configure a router to advertise its addresses by using
ICMP Router Discovery.
When the router advertisements are sent to a net or subnet broadcast, only the address
associated with that net or subnet is included.
5. Optional: In the Max. Advertise Interval field, configure the applicable value.
Description
This value cannot be less than the configured Min. Advertise Interval.
Range: 4-1800 seconds
Default: 600 seconds
Configures how long an advertised address remains valid in the absence of an update
message.
This value must not be less than the configured Max. Advertise Interval.
The configured value is placed in the "Lifetime" field of Route Advertisement
messages sent on this interface.
e. Click OK.
8. Click Save.
4. Click Save.
n To see the available "set" commands for Router Discovery, enter in Gaia Clish:
set rdisc[Esc][Esc]
n To see the available "show" commands for Router Discovery, enter in Gaia Clish:
show rdisc[Esc][Esc]
Syntax
Parameters
Parameter Description
{off | on} Disables (off) or enables (on) the ICMP Router Discovery
on the interface.
adv-lifetime Optional.
{<Lifetime > | Configures how long an advertised address remains valid in
default} the absence of an update message.
This value must not be less than the configured max-adv-
interval.
The configured value is placed in the "Lifetime" field of Route
Advertisement messages sent on this interface.
Range: 5-9000 seconds
Default: 3 x (Value of max-adv-interval) seconds
Parameter Description
max-adv-interval Optional.
{<4-1800> | Configures the maximum time between sending ICMP
default} Router Discovery advertisements on the interface.
This value cannot be less than the configured min-adv-
interval.
Range: 4-1800 seconds
Default: 600 seconds
Parameter Description
min-adv-interval Optional.
{<3-1799> | Configures the minimum time between sending ICMP Router
default} Discovery advertisements on the interface.
This value cannot be larger than the configured max-adv-
interval.
Range: 3-1799 seconds
Default: 0.75 x (Value of max-adv-interval) seconds
Note - The page is static. To see the latest values, click Reload.
show rdisc[Esc][Esc]
Configures the minimum time allowed between sending unsolicited multicast ICMPv6
Router Advertisements on this interface.
Unsolicited Router Advertisements are not strictly periodic.
The interval between two advertisements is randomized to decrease the probability of
synchronization with the advertisements from other routers on the same links.
When an unsolicited advertisement is sent, the timer is reset to a random value
between the Min. Advertise Interval and the Max. Advertise Interval.
Range: 3-1799 seconds
5. Optional: In the Max. Advertise Interval field, configure the applicable value.
Description
Configures the maximum time allowed between sending unsolicited multicast ICMPv6
Router Advertisements on this interface.
Unsolicited Router Advertisements are not strictly periodic.
The interval between two advertisements is randomized to decrease the probability of
synchronization with the advertisements from other routers on the same links.
When an unsolicited advertisement is sent, the timer is reset to a random value
between the Min. Advertise Interval and the Max. Advertise Interval.
Range: 4-1800 seconds
Default: 600 seconds
Description
Configures how long from receipt of a Router Advertisement message that a host
considers this router to be valid.
If the router lifetime expires with no refreshing Router Advertisement, the host stops
using this router.
The value is placed in the Router Lifetime field of the Router Advertisement message.
A value of 0 means that the router is not used as a default router.
Range: from Max. Advertise Interval to 9000 seconds, or 0 seconds
Default: 3 * (Value of Max. Advertise Interval) seconds
Configures how long a node assumes a neighbor is reachable after having received a
reachability confirmation.
This value is used by the Neighbor Unreachability Detection.
The reachable time is placed in the Reachable Time field in the Router Advertisement
message.
The value 0 means it is unspecified by this router.
Range: 0-3600000 seconds
Default: 0 seconds
Description
Configures the Cur Hop Limit field of the Router Advertisement message.
This value is used by neighboring nodes as the Hop Count field of the IP header in
outgoing IP packets.
The value of 0 means it is unspecified by this router.
Range: 0-255
Default: 64
10. Optional: The Managed Config option controls whether to perform stateful IP address
autoconfiguration.
Description
Specifies whether to obtain global IPv6 addresses through DHCPv6 (as opposed to
stateless address autoconfiguration provided by ICMPv6 Router Discovery).
This option is placed in the Managed address configuration flag in the Router
Advertisement message.
Range: Selected, or Cleared
Default: Cleared
11. Optional: The Other Config Flag option controls whether to perform stateful
autoconfiguration to obtain other configuration information besides IP addresses.
Description
12. Optional: The Send MTU option controls whether to include MTU options.
Description
13. Optional: In the Advertise Addresses section, configure how to advertise the IP
addresses on this interface.
Description
a. Select the IP address and click Edit.
b. The Enable On-Link option controls whether this IPv6 address prefix is
available on the link.
This is necessary because it is possible to have multiple prefix combinations on
the same subnet in IPv6.
This value is placed in the Valid Lifetime field in the Prefix Information option.
This value must not be less than the configured Preferred Lifetime.
The designated value of 4294967295 represents infinity.
e. The Preferred Lifetime value controls the preferred lifetime of the specified IPv6
address prefix.
This value is placed in the Preferred Lifetime field in the Prefix Information
option in Router Advertisements.
It conveys how long IPv6 addresses generated from the specified IPv6 address
prefix through stateless address autoconfiguration should stay preferred.
(Stateless address autoconfiguration is the mechanism used by ICMPv6 Router
Discovery protocol, as opposed to stateful address autoconfiguration provided
by DHCPv6.) That means the node can use the IPv6 address in existing
connections, but it is not valid for new connections.
This value must not be greater than the configured Valid Lifetime.
For more information, see RFC 4862.
14. Optional: In the Advertise DNS Information section, configure options for recursive
DNS server advertising and for DNS domain hostname advertising.
To configure options for recursive DNS server advertising
a. Click Add and select Server.
c. In the DNS Lifetime field, configure how long hosts should store this DNS
hostname.
Range: from (Max. Advertise Interval) to (2 x Max. Advertise Interval) seconds
Default: 1.5 * Max. Advertise Interval seconds
d. Click OK.
Note - If you add or edit a DNS entry to have the same value as an existing
entry, the new configuration overwrites the existing entry.
n To see the available "set" commands for IPv6 Discovery, enter in Gaia Clish:
n To see the available "show" commands for IPv6 Discovery, enter in Gaia Clish:
Syntax
Parameters
Parameter Description
interface Specifies the name of the interface, on which to run IPv6 Router
<Name of Discovery.
Interface>
interface Disables (off) or enables (on) the ICMPv6 Router Discovery on the
<Name of specified interface.
Interface> Range: off, or on
{off | on} Default: on
address Optional.
<IPv6 Configures the IPv6 address prefix, for which to configure
address> advertisement options.
address Disables (off) or enables (on) the use of the specified address
<IPv6 prefix by ICMPv6 Router Discovery clients for autonomous address
address> configuration.
autonomous Range: off, or on
{off | on} Default: on
address Disables (off) or enables (on) the specified IPv6 address prefix on
<IPv6 the link.
address> on- Range: off, or on
link {off | Default: on
on}
Parameter Description
address Configures the preferred lifetime of the specified IPv6 address prefix.
<IPv6 This value is placed in the Preferred Lifetime field in the Prefix
address> Information option in Router Advertisements.
prefix-pref- It conveys how long IPv6 addresses generated from the specified
lifetime IPv6 address prefix through stateless address autoconfiguration
{<0- should stay preferred. (Stateless address autoconfiguration is the
4294967295> mechanism used by ICMPv6 Router Discovery protocol, as opposed
| default} to stateful address autoconfiguration provided by DHCPv6.) That
means the node can use the IPv6 address in existing connections,
but it is not valid for new connections.
This value must not be greater than the configured prefix-valid-
lifetime.
For more information, see RFC 4862.
The designated value of 4294967295 represents infinity.
Range: 0-4294967295 seconds
Default: 604800 seconds (7 days)
address Configures the lifetime of the specified IPv6 address prefix for on-link
<IPv6 determination.
address> This value is placed in the Valid Lifetime field in the Prefix
prefix- Information option.
valid- This value must not be less than the configured prefix-pref-
lifetime lifetime.
{<0- The designated value of 4294967295 represents infinity.
4294967295> Range: 0-4294967295 seconds
| default} Default: 2592000 seconds (30 days)
dnshost Optional.
<FQDN> {off Disables (off) or enables (on) the recursive DNS domain hostname
| on} advertising.
<FQDN> is the applicable fully qualified DNS hostname.
When disabled, this configuration is removed from the database.
dnshost Configures how long hosts should store the configured recursive
<FQDN> DNS domain hostname.
dnshost- Range: from (max-adv-interval) to (2 x max-adv-interval)
lifetime seconds
{<0- Default: 1.5 * max-adv-interval seconds
2147483647>
| default}
Parameter Description
dnsserver Optional.
<IPv6 Disables (off) or enables (on) the recursive DNS server
Network advertising.
Address> When disabled, its lifetime configuration is removed from the
{off | on} database.
dnsserver Configures how long hosts should store the configured recursive
<IPv6 DNS server.
address> Range: from (max-adv-interval) to (2 x max-adv-interval)
dnsserver- seconds
lifetime Default: 1.5 * max-adv-interval seconds
{<0-
2147483647>
| default}
hop-limit Optional.
{<0-255> | Configures the Cur Hop Limit field of the Router Advertisement
default} message.
This value is used by neighboring nodes as the Hop Count field of
the IP header in outgoing IP packets.
The value of 0 means it is unspecified by this router.
Range: 0-255
Default: 64
managed- Optional.
config {off Disables (off) or enables (on) the stateful IP address
| on} autoconfiguration.
Specifies whether to obtain global IPv6 addresses through DHCPv6
(as opposed to stateless address autoconfiguration provided by
ICMPv6 Router Discovery).
This option is placed in the Managed address configuration flag in
the Router Advertisement message.
Range: Selected, or Cleared
Default: Cleared
Parameter Description
max-adv- Optional.
interval Configures the maximum time allowed between sending unsolicited
{<4-1800> | multicast ICMPv6 Router Advertisements on this interface.
default} Unsolicited Router Advertisements are not strictly periodic.
The interval between two advertisements is randomized to decrease
the probability of synchronization with the advertisements from other
routers on the same links.
When an unsolicited advertisement is sent, the timer is reset to a
random value between the min-adv-interval and the max-adv-
interval.
Range: 4-1800 seconds
Default: 600 seconds
min-adv- Optional.
interval Configures the minimum time allowed between sending unsolicited
{<3-1800> | multicast ICMPv6 Router Advertisements on this interface.
default} Unsolicited Router Advertisements are not strictly periodic.
The interval between two advertisements is randomized to decrease
the probability of synchronization with the advertisements from other
routers on the same links.
When an unsolicited advertisement is sent, the timer is reset to a
random value between the min-adv-interval and the max-adv-
interval.
Range: 3-1799 seconds
Default: (Value of max-adv-interval) / 3 seconds
other-config Optional.
{off | on} Disables (off) or enables (on) the stateful autoconfiguration to
obtain other configuration information besides IP addresses.
Stateful autoconfiguration is provided by DHCPv6, as opposed to
stateless autoconfiguration provided by ICMPv6 Router Discovery.
Examples of such information include information related to DNS, or
information on other servers within the network.
This option is placed in the Other configuration flag in the Router
Advertisement message.
Range: off, or on
Default: off
Parameter Description
reachable- Optional.
time {<0- Configures how long a node assumes a neighbor is reachable after
3600000> | having received a reachability confirmation.
default} This value is used by the Neighbor Unreachability Detection.
The reachable time is placed in the Reachable Time field in the
Router Advertisement message.
The value 0 means it is unspecified by this router.
Range: 0-3600000 seconds
Default: 0 seconds
retransmit- Optional.
timer {<0- Configures the interval between retransmitted Neighbor Solicitation
2147483647> messages if the node does not receive a response.
| default} This value is used by address resolution and Neighbor
Unreachability Detection.
The retransmit timer is placed in the Retrans Timer field in the
Router Advertisement message.
The value 0 means it is unspecified by this router.
Range: 0-2147483647 seconds
Default: 0 seconds
router- Optional.
lifetime Configures how long from receipt of a Router Advertisement
{<0- message that a host considers this router to be valid.
2147483647> If the router lifetime expires with no refreshing Router Advertisement,
| default} the host stops using this router.
The value is placed in the Router Lifetime field of the Router
Advertisement message.
A value of 0 means that the router is not used as a default router.
Range: from max-adv-interval to 9000 seconds, or 0 seconds
Default: 3 * (Value of max-adv-interval) seconds
send-mtu Optional.
{off | on} Disables (off) or enables (on) the MTU options in Router
Advertisement messages sent to neighboring nodes.
Range: off, or on
Default: off
Note - The page is static. To see the latest values, click Reload.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > Policy Based Routing.
2. In the Action Tables section, click Add.
3. Configure the route parameters:
n Table Name - Name of the Policy Table (From 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters.
The first character must be a letter.).
n Table ID - Assigned by the system.
n Default Route - Optional. Controls whether to make this the default route.
Note - If you select this option, the Destination and Subnet mask fields
do not show.
n Destination - Destination IPv4 address
n Subnet mask - Destination IPv4 subnet mask
n Next Hop Type -
l Normal - Accepts and forwards packets
l Reject - Drops packets and sends an ICMP Unreachable message to the
sender
l Black Hole - Drops packets without a notification to the sender
4. Configure the next hop gateway (for Next Hop Type "Normal").
Fails the next hop gateway when all monitored IP addresses become
unreachable.
Restores the next hop gateway when any of the monitored IP addresses
becomes reachable.
n Fail Any
Fails the next hop gateway when any of the monitored IP addresses
becomes unreachable.
Restores the next hop gateway when all monitored IP addresses
become reachable.
Range: Fail All, or Fail Any
Default: Fail Any
g. Click OK.
Notes:
n You can configure several next hop gateways.
n Multihop ping for PBR uses ICMP Echo Request to monitor reachability
5. Click Save.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > Policy Based Routing.
2. In the Action Tables section, select the table.
3. Click Delete.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > Policy Based Routing.
2. In the Policy Rules section, click Add.
3. In the Priority field, enter the priority of this rule in a PBR table.
Description
Priority controls the order in which the rules are evaluated for a given network
packet.
Evaluation stops at the first matching rule and only the actions for that rule are
performed.
Priority 1 is the highest and is evaluated before priority 2, and so on.
Priorities 32766 and 32767 are reserved for the main static routing table.
Rules with priorities greater than 32767 are routed after the main routing table.
Range: 1-4294967295
Default: None
4. In the Action section, select the action to apply to the traffic that matches the specified
criteria:
n Prohibit - Drop the packet and send a Prohibit message to the sender.
n Unreachable - Drop the packet and send an Unreachable message to the
sender.
n Table - Forward the packet according to the routes in the selected Action Table
with Static Route.
5. In the Match section, configure the applicable criteria.
n Interface - Select the interface, on which the traffic arrived at the Security
Gateway
n Source -Configure the IPv4 address of the source.
n Subnet mask - Configure the IPv4 subnet mask of the source IPv4 address.
n Destination - Configure the IPv4 address of the destination.
n Subnet mask - Configure the IPv4 subnet mask of the destination IPv4 address
n Service Port - Configure the service port. You can enter a number between 1
and 65535, or select a predefined port from the drop-down menu. For more
information, see IANA Service Name and Port Number Registry.
n Protocol - Configure the protocol. You can enter a number between 1 and 255,
or select a predefined protocol from the drop-down menu. For more information,
see IANA Protocol Numbers.
6. Click Save.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > Policy Based Routing.
2. In the Policy Rules section, select the rule.
3. Click Delete.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > Policy Based Routing.
2. In the Advanced Options section, the PBR Route Lookup option controls whether
PBR rules intentionally cause same packets to traverse the Security Gateway more
than once.
Requirements:
a. At least one Policy Rule must exist.
b. SecureXL must be enabled (this is the default).
3. Click Apply.
set pbr[Esc][Esc]
n To see the available "show" commands for Policy Based Routing, enter in Gaia Clish:
show pbr[Esc][Esc]
Syntax
Parameters
Parameter Description
table <Name of Configures the name of the Policy Based Routing (PBR)
Table> Table.
From 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters.
The first character must be a letter.
Parameter Description
static-route {...} Deletes this Policy Based Routing (PBR) static route from
off a PBR table.
static-route {...} Disables (off) or enables (on) the Ping monitoring of the
ping {off | on} specified IPv4 static route.
The Ping feature sends ICMP Echo Requests to verify
that the next hop for a PBR static route is working.
Only next hop gateways, which are verified as reachable
are included in the kernel forwarding table.
When this option is enabled, a route is added to the
kernel forwarding table only after at least one next hop
gateway is reachable.
For additional information, see "IP Reachability
Detection" on page 243.
Range: off, or on
Default: off
Parameter Description
nexthop reject Configures the next hop for a static route to be a reject
route.
A reject route drops packets and sends an ICMP
Unreachable message to the sender.
nexthop gateway Configures the IPv4 address of the next hop gateway.
address <IPv4
Address>
monitored-ip <IPv4 Removes (off) or adds (on) the IPv4 address, whose
Address> {off | on} reachability Gaia needs to monitor.
After the "monitored-ip", you must press the Space
key and the Tab key to see the available configured IPv4
addresses.
For more information, see "IP Reachability Detection" on
page 243.
monitored-ip-option Fails the next hop gateway when any of the monitored IP
fail-any addresses becomes unreachable.
Restores the next hop gateway when all monitored IP
addresses become reachable.
gateway address Deletes (off) or adds (on) the next hop address from a
<IPv4 Address> {off static route in a Policy Based Routing (PBR) table.
| on}
priority <1-8> Configures the priority of this next hop gateway for this
static route in a PBR table.
Range: 1-8
Default: 1
Parameter Description
nexthop gateway Configures the name of the interface to use as the next
logical <Name of hop gateway.
Interface>
nexthop gateway Deletes (off) or adds (on) the next hop interface from a
logical <Name of static route in a Policy Based Routing (PBR) table.
Interface> {off |
on}
Note - You can add multiple routes to the same table. To do that, run the set pbr
table command with the same table_name.
Example
Create an Action Table named PBRtable1, with a route to the network [Link]/24 out of
the interface Ethernet 0 and a route to the network [Link]/24 through the next hop
gateway with the IP address [Link].
Syntax
Parameters
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
Important:
n You can configure only one of these
actions for a PBR rule.
n You must configure the match
condition for a PBR rule before you
configure the action.
Parameter Description
Example
Create a Policy Rule that forwards all packets with the destination address [Link]/32 that
arrive on the interface Ethernet 2 according to the PBR Table PBRtable1, and assign to it
the priority of 100.
The PBR Route Lookup option controls whether PBR rules intentionally cause same
packets to traverse the Security Gateway more than once.
Requirements
1. At least one Policy Rule must exist.
2. SecureXL must be enabled (this is the default).
Syntax
Parameters
Parameter Description
vsenv <VSID>
NAT Pools
NAT Pools help routers on a network to learn the reachability information of IP addresses.
NAT Pools are exportable, like routes, through routing protocols, but NAT pools are not used
for local forwarding.
Each NAT Pool has only its destination prefix, and optionally a comment.
Use Case:
A host is located behind a Gaia Security Gateway.
The host's source IP address is NATed to another external IP address (hidden behind NAT).
This external NATed IP address does not belong to any local network.
Routers on the network must route the return traffic to that external (NATed) IP address.
Gaia administrator creates a NAT pool that contains this external IP address and redistributes
this NAT pool through OSPF or BGP to the applicable routers on the network.
This way the routers learn about the NATed IP addresses.
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > NAT Pools.
2. In the NAT Pools section, click Add, and select IPv4 or IPv6.
3. Configure the IP address, behind which the source IP addresses are hidden:
n For an IPv4 NAT Pool:
a. In the Destination field, enter an IPv4 address.
b. In the Subnet mask field, enter an IPv4 subnet mask.
c. In the Comment field, enter the applicable comment text (up to 100
characters).
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > NAT Pools.
2. In the NAT Pools section, select the applicable NAT Pool.
3. Click Edit.
4. Configure the applicable settings.
5. Click Save.
1. Remove this NAT Pool from the applicable Route Redistribution configuration.
See "Configuring Route Redistribution in Gaia Portal" on page 534.
2. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > NAT Pools.
n To see the available "set" commands for NAT Pools, enter in Gaia Clish:
set nat-pool[Esc][Esc]
Action plan
1. Configure the applicable NAT Pools:
See the Syntax section below.
2. Redistribute the applicable NAT Pools to the applicable dynamic routing protocols.
See:
n "Configuring IPv4 Route Redistribution in Gaia Clish" on page 552.
n "Configuring IPv6 Route Redistribution in Gaia Clish" on page 588.
3. Configure the applicable Route Maps that match the applicable NAT Pools.
See "Configuring Route Maps in Gaia Clish" on page 606.
Syntax
Parameters
Parameter Description
comment Configures an optional free text comment for an existing NAT Pool.
"Text"
n Write the text in double quotes.
n Text must be up to 100 characters.
n This comment appears in the Gaia Portal and in the output of the
"show configuration" command.
show route
Overview
Various static and dynamic multicast routing protocols use Multicast Forwarding Cache (MFC)
to forward packets that match multicast routes.
Known Limitations
It is not supported to configure IPv6 MFC static entries on VRRP Clusters.
Note - The Source IP address and the Group IP address must belong
to the same address family (both IPv4, or both IPv6).
b. In the Source Count field, configure the number of adjacent sources to add.
Explanation
This parameter adds multiple (S,G) entries for the configured number of
sources in a row.
This parameter configures all (S+i*inc, G) entries, where:
n "i" has a range from 0 to n-1.
n The value of the parameter "source-increment" determines the
value of "inc".
Note - If you also configure the "Group Count", then Gaia OS adds
all pairs (S+i*sinc,G+j*ginc)
Range: 1-512
Default: 1 (no additional sources)
This parameter configures all (S+i*inc, G) entries, where "i" has a range
from 0 to n-1.
The value of this parameter has a format an IPv4 or IPv6 address (matching
the source itself). Gaia OS adds this value bit-wise to the group IP address.
a. In the Group field, configure the multicast destination group IPv4 or IPv6
address.
Notes:
n The Group IP address and the Source IP address must belong to
b. In the Group Count field, configure the number of adjacent groups to add.
Explanation
This parameter adds multiple (S,G) entries for the configured number of
groups in a row.
This parameter configures all (S, G+j*inc) entries, where:
n "j" has a range from 0 to n-1.
n The value of the parameter "group-increment" determines the value
of "inc".
Note - If you also configure the "Source Count", then Gaia OS adds
all pairs (S+i*sinc,G+j*ginc)
Range: 1-512
Default: 1 (no additional groups)
c. In the Group increment field, configure the increment between adjacent groups.
Explanation
This parameter configures all (S, G+j*inc) entries, where "i" has a range
from 0 to n-1.
The value of this parameter has a format an IPv4 or IPv6 address (matching
the group itself). Gaia OS adds this value bit-wise to the group IP address.
Default Increment for IPv4: [Link]
Default Increment for IPv6: ::1
Note - Before you can select an interface, you must configure the
interface (enable it and configure an IP address on it).
Note - Before you can select an interface, you must configure the
interface (enable it and configure an IP address on it).
b. Click Add.
c. Repeat these steps for other applicable interfaces.
8. Click Save.
2. Log in.
3. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > MFC Static Entries.
4. Select the applicable entry.
5. Click Delete.
Parameters:
Parameter Description
Parameter Description
iif <Name of Configures the traffic incoming interface for the (S,G) entry.
Incoming
Interface> {on |
n on - Enables the MFC on the specified interface
off}
n off - Disables the MFC on the specified interface
Parameter Description
oif <Name of Configures the traffic outgoing interface for the (S,G) entry -
Outgoing the interface that forwards the traffic.
Interface> {on |
off}
n on - Enables the MFC on the specified interface
n off - Disables the MFC on the specified interface
Notes:
n Before you configure the MFC on an interface, you
must configure the interface (enable it and
configure an IP address on it).
n You can configure more than one outgoing
interface for the same (S,G) entry.
show mfc
cache [static]
interface
orphans
stats
summary
Parameters
Parameter Description
interface Shows the state information for all interfaces where the MFC is active.
orphans Shows the MFC <S,G> routes that multicast routing could not resolve
(because the multicast source IP address is not reachable).
For details on why a route is orphaned, enable the corresponding trace
option "MFC Cache". See "Trace Options" on page 672.
Resolve Requests
Normal: 0
PIM: 0
Errors:
Unsupported Operation: 0
Truncated: 0
Unsupported Type: 0
MFC Maintenance
Packet Count Request: 0
Packet Count Response: 0
Xresolve Request: 0
Mcast Forward Request: 0
Errors:
Packet Count Request: 0
Packet Count Response: 0
Xresolve Request: 0
Mcast Forwarding Request: 0
MyGW>
MyGW>
Example:
ip mroute
Example:
[Expert@MyGW:0]# ip mroute
([Link], [Link]) Iif: eth1.10 Oifs:
eth1.20 eth1.30
[Expert@MyGW:0]#
ip -6 mroute
Example:
[Expert@MyGW:0]# ip -6 mroute
(80::1, ff0e::101) Iif: eth1.10 Oifs:
eth1.20
[Expert@MyGW:0]#
Troubleshooting MFC
See "Trace Options" on page 672.
Routing Monitor
Monitoring Routes in Gaia Portal
In Gaia Portal, you can see information about active, inactive or all (both active and inactive)
routes on your Gaia system for OSPF, BGP, and RIP protocols.
To see the routes on the Gaia system:
1. From the left navigation tree, click Advanced Routing > Routing Monitor.
2. Optional: In the Filter Protocols column, select the protocol, whose routes you want to
see. (Press and hold the Shift key while you click on items.)
show route[Esc][Esc]
show routed[Esc][Esc]
show mfc[Esc][Esc]
IPv6 VRRP
For configuration of a VRRP Cluster, refer to the R82.10 Gaia Administration Guide > Chapter
"High Availability".
VRRP for IPv6 follows the same guidelines and limitations as VRRP for IPv4.
If both IPv6 and IPv4 VRRP are configured, they must be symmetrical in terms of master state
and fail over behavior.
Step Instructions
Glossary
A
Anti-Bot
Check Point Software Blade on a Security Gateway that blocks botnet behavior and
communication to Command and Control (C&C) centers. Acronyms: AB, ABOT.
Anti-Spam
Check Point Software Blade on a Security Gateway that provides comprehensive
protection for email inspection. Synonym: Anti-Spam & Email Security. Acronyms: AS,
ASPAM.
Anti-Virus
Check Point Software Blade on a Security Gateway that uses real-time virus signatures
and anomaly-based protections from ThreatCloud to detect and block malware at the
Security Gateway before users are affected. Acronym: AV.
Application Control
Check Point Software Blade on a Security Gateway that allows granular control over
specific web-enabled applications by using deep packet inspection. Acronym: APPI.
Audit Log
Log that contains administrator actions on a Management Server (login and logout,
creation or modification of an object, installation of a policy, and so on).
Bridge Mode
Security Gateway or Virtual System that works as a Layer 2 bridge device for easy
deployment in an existing topology.
Cluster
Two or more Security Gateways that work together in a redundant configuration - High
Availability, or Load Sharing.
Cluster Member
Security Gateway that is part of a cluster.
Compliance
Check Point Software Blade on a Management Server to view and apply the Security
Best Practices to the managed Security Gateways. This Software Blade includes a
library of Check Point-defined Security Best Practices to use as a baseline for good
Security Gateway and Policy configuration.
Content Awareness
Check Point Software Blade on a Security Gateway that provides data visibility and
enforcement. Acronym: CTNT.
CoreXL
Performance-enhancing technology for Security Gateways on multi-core processing
platforms. Multiple Check Point Firewall instances are running in parallel on multiple
CPU cores.
CoreXL SND
Secure Network Distributer. Part of CoreXL that is responsible for: Processing incoming
traffic from the network interfaces; Securely accelerating authorized packets (if
SecureXL is enabled); Distributing non-accelerated packets between Firewall kernel
instances (SND maintains global dispatching table, which maps connections that were
assigned to CoreXL Firewall instances). Traffic distribution between CoreXL Firewall
instances is statically based on Source IP addresses, Destination IP addresses, and the
IP 'Protocol' type. The CoreXL SND does not really "touch" packets. The decision to stick
to a particular FWK daemon is done at the first packet of connection on a very high level,
before anything else. Depending on the SecureXL settings, and in most of the cases, the
SecureXL can be offloading decryption calculations. However, in some other cases,
such as with Route-Based VPN, it is done by FWK daemon.
CPUSE
Check Point Upgrade Service Engine for Gaia Operating System. With CPUSE, you can
automatically update Check Point products for the Gaia OS, and the Gaia OS itself.
DAIP Gateway
Dynamically Assigned IP (DAIP) Security Gateway is a Security Gateway, on which the
IP address of the external interface is assigned dynamically by the ISP.
Data Type
Classification of data in a Check Point Security Policy for the Content Awareness
Software Blade.
Distributed Deployment
Configuration in which the Check Point Security Gateway and the Security Management
Server products are installed on different computers.
Dynamic Object
Special object type, whose IP address is not known in advance. The Security Gateway
resolves the IP address of this object in real time.
Expert Mode
The name of the elevated command line shell that gives full system root permissions in
the Check Point Gaia operating system.
Gaia
Check Point security operating system that combines the strengths of both
SecurePlatform and IPSO operating systems.
Gaia Clish
The name of the default command line shell in Check Point Gaia operating system. This
is a restricted shell (role-based administration controls the number of commands
available in the shell).
Gaia Portal
Web interface for the Check Point Gaia operating system.
Hotfix
Software package installed on top of the current software version to fix a wrong or
undesired behavior, and to add a new behavior.
HTTPS Inspection
Feature on a Security Gateway that inspects traffic encrypted by the Secure Sockets
Layer (SSL) protocol for malware or suspicious patterns. Synonym: SSL Inspection.
Acronyms: HTTPSI, HTTPSi.
ICA
Internal Certificate Authority. A component on Check Point Management Server that
issues certificates for authentication.
Identity Awareness
Check Point Software Blade on a Security Gateway that enforces network access and
audits data based on network location, the identity of the user, and the identity of the
computer. Acronym: IDA.
Identity Logging
Check Point Software Blade on a Management Server to view Identity Logs from the
managed Security Gateways with enabled Identity Awareness Software Blade.
Internal Network
Computers and resources protected by the Firewall and accessed by authenticated
users.
IPS
Check Point Software Blade on a Security Gateway that inspects and analyzes packets
and data for numerous types of risks (Intrusion Prevention System).
IPsec VPN
Check Point Software Blade on a Security Gateway that provides a Site to Site VPN and
Remote Access VPN access.
Kerberos
An authentication server for Microsoft Windows Active Directory Federation Services
(ADFS).
Log Server
Dedicated Check Point server that runs Check Point software to store and process logs.
Management Interface
(1) Interface on a Gaia Security Gateway or Cluster member, through which
Management Server connects to the Security Gateway or Cluster member. (2) Interface
on Gaia computer, through which users connect to Gaia Portal or CLI.
Management Server
Check Point Single-Domain Security Management Server or a Multi-Domain Security
Management Server.
Mobile Access
Check Point Software Blade on a Security Gateway that provides a Remote Access VPN
access for managed and unmanaged clients. Acronym: MAB.
Multi-Domain Server
Dedicated Check Point server that runs Check Point software to host virtual Security
Management Servers called Domain Management Servers. Synonym: Multi-Domain
Security Management Server. Acronym: MDS.
Network Object
Logical object that represents different parts of corporate topology - computers, IP
addresses, traffic protocols, and so on. Administrators use these objects in Security
Policies.
Open Server
Physical computer manufactured and distributed by a company, other than Check Point.
Provisioning
Check Point Software Blade on a Management Server that manages large-scale
deployments of Check Point Security Gateways using configuration profiles. Synonyms:
SmartProvisioning, SmartLSM, Large-Scale Management, LSM.
QoS
Check Point Software Blade on a Security Gateway that provides policy-based traffic
bandwidth management to prioritize business-critical traffic and guarantee bandwidth
and control latency.
Rule
Set of traffic parameters and other conditions in a Rule Base (Security Policy) that cause
specified actions to be taken for a communication session.
Rule Base
All rules configured in a given Security Policy. Synonym: Rulebase.
SecureXL
Check Point product on a Security Gateway that accelerates IPv4 and IPv6 traffic that
passes through a Security Gateway.
Security Gateway
Dedicated Check Point server that runs Check Point software to inspect traffic and
enforce Security Policies for connected network resources.
Security Policy
Collection of rules that control network traffic and enforce organization guidelines for
data protection and access to resources with packet inspection.
SIC
Secure Internal Communication. The Check Point proprietary mechanism with which
Check Point computers that run Check Point software authenticate each other over SSL,
for secure communication. This authentication is based on the certificates issued by the
ICA on a Check Point Management Server.
SmartConsole
Check Point GUI application used to manage a Check Point environment - configure
Security Policies, configure devices, monitor products and events, install updates, and
so on.
SmartDashboard
Legacy Check Point GUI client used to create and manage the security settings in
versions R77.30 and lower. In versions R80.X and higher is still used to configure
specific legacy settings.
SmartProvisioning
Check Point Software Blade on a Management Server (the actual name is
"Provisioning") that manages large-scale deployments of Check Point Security
Gateways using configuration profiles. Synonyms: Large-Scale Management,
SmartLSM, LSM.
SmartUpdate
Legacy Check Point GUI client used to manage licenses and contracts in a Check Point
environment.
Software Blade
Specific security solution (module): (1) On a Security Gateway, each Software Blade
inspects specific characteristics of the traffic (2) On a Management Server, each
Software Blade enables different management capabilities.
Standalone
Configuration in which the Security Gateway and the Security Management Server
products are installed and configured on the same server.
Threat Emulation
Check Point Software Blade on a Security Gateway that monitors the behavior of files in
a sandbox to determine whether or not they are malicious. Acronym: TE.
Threat Extraction
Check Point Software Blade on a Security Gateway that removes malicious content from
files. Acronym: TEX.
Updatable Object
Network object that represents an external service, such as Microsoft 365, AWS, Geo
locations, and more.
URL Filtering
Check Point Software Blade on a Security Gateway that allows granular control over
which web sites can be accessed by a given group of users, computers or networks.
Acronym: URLF.
User Directory
Check Point Software Blade on a Management Server that integrates LDAP and other
external user management servers with Check Point products and security solutions.
VSX
Virtual System Extension. Check Point virtual networking solution, hosted on a computer
or cluster with virtual abstractions of Check Point Security Gateways and other network
devices. These Virtual Devices provide the same functionality as their physical
counterparts.
VSX Gateway
Physical server that hosts VSX virtual networks, including all Virtual Devices that provide
the functionality of physical network devices. It holds at least one Virtual System, which
is called VS0.
Zero Phishing
Check Point Software Blade on a Security Gateway (R81.20 and higher) that provides
real-time phishing prevention based on URLs. Acronym: ZPH.